Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Pollution & Treatment Controls / Inspecs Group PLC

Inspecs Group PLC

spec · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker spec
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Pollution & Treatment Controls
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Inspecs Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report & Accounts 2024

From the largest optical chains to individual consumers,  
we offer eyewear, lenses, combined packages and low vision optical aids
INSPECS has EMERGED 
as a GLOBAL FORCE in the 
EYEWEAR INDUSTRY

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
01
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
OVERVIEW
03	 Highlights
05	 A year in review
STRATEGIC 
REPORT
08	 Chairman’s Statement
10	 Chief Executive’s review
12	 Market overview
14	 Our business model
15	 Our strategy
22	 Key performance indicators
23	 Medium-term targets
24	 Chief Financial Officer’s review
30	 Our business segments
34	 Our brands: Global footprint
36	 Our brands: Case studies
40	 Innovation
42	 Section 172 statement
45	 Environmental, Social and Governance
56	 Non-Financial and Sustainability  
Information Statement
65	 Risk management
GOVERNANCE
70	 Corporate Governance statement
72	 How the Board operates
80	 Audit and Risk Committee Report
84	 Remuneration and Nomination  
Committee Report
88	 Environmental, Social and Governance  
Committee Report
90	 Directors’ Report
93	 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS
95	 Independent Auditor’s Report to the 
members of INSPECS Group plc
102	Consolidated Income Statement
102	Consolidated Statement of Other 
Comprehensive Income
103	 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
104	 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
104	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
105	Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements
133	Company Balance Sheet
134	Company Statement of Changes in Equity
134	Notes to the Company Financial Statements
142	Company Information and Advisers

02
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
WHO WE ARE
DELIVERING VALUE
INSPECS is a leading provider of eyewear solutions  
and low vision aids to the global eyewear market
OUR STRATEGIC AIM
To build a highly respected global eyewear  
company that delivers long-term value  
for our stakeholders
OUR MISSION
To deliver a global, high performing and 
vertically-integrated eyewear company that 
creates a dynamic platform for growth, ignites 
customer excitement and exceeds expectations 
through our commitment to product, innovation, 
people and planet
SEE PAGE 04

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
03
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
£198.3m
£203.3m
£201.0m
2024
2023
2022
11.4m
11.0m
10.7m
2024
2023
2022
52.2%
50.9%
49.2%
2024
2023
2022
£22.9m
£24.2m
£27.6m 
2024
2023
2022
£17.6m
£18.0m
£15.5m
2024
2023
2022
£14.2m
£16.9m
£9.9m
2024
2023
2022
£3.4m
£2.9m
£(1.2)m
2024
2023
2022
4.53p
0.98p
6.21p
2024
2023
2022
Revenue
£198.3m
Eyewear Units Sold
11.4m
Gross Profit Margin
52.2%
Net Debt (Excluding Lease Liabilities)
£22.9m
Underlying EBITDA
£17.6m
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
£14.2m
Operating Profit/(Loss)
£3.4m
Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share
4.53p
Please refer to page 112 for our definition of alternative performance measures.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

04
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
WHAT WE DO
Vertically integrated, INSPECS provides a one-stop-shop, from design  
to frame and lens manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution. 
With our portfolio of owned and licensed brands, along with low-vision aids, 
we supply most of the biggest eyewear retailers in the world.
FRAMES AND OPTICS: 
Design, brands, sales, marketing and distribution
UNDERPINNED BY OUR VALUES
MANUFACTURING: 
Frames and lenses
O
P
T
I
K
Customer focus: 
we will meet or exceed all 
of our customers needs, 
understand their challenges, 
provide solutions and strive 
for continuous improvement.
Employee engagement:
we will be committed to 
promoting collaboration, 
transparency, positive 
communication and teamwork 
to foster a supportive and 
inclusive work environment.
Community contribution:
we will engage with local 
communities and contribute 
positively to social and 
economic development 
through our social 
responsibility initiatives.
Responsibility:
we will be a responsible 
business leader, committed  
to a sustainable future, 
implementing impactful 
social and cultural initiatives, 
upholding best practice 
governance standards and 
health and safety practices.
Agility:
we will be flexible and 
adaptable to customer needs 
and respond quickly to 
challenges and opportunities.
Innovative:
we will evaluate new 
opportunities 
with customers, new 
materials and technologies 
across the Group.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
05
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Whilst overall 2024 has been 
a challenging year, the Group 
has continued to progress on 
integration and operational 
efficiencies. The benefits 
of this focus will aid future 
sales growth across all major 
entities. 
The following show some  
of our operational highlights 
from the year. 
FRAMES 
AND OPTICS:
LENSES:
	
‒ Designed and manufactured state of the  
art lenses to assist with colour blindness. 
	
‒ Relaunched Reactolite, our photochromic 
lens brand which adapts to varying light 
conditions. 
	
‒ Successfully introduced a new varifocal lens 
which provides smooth transition between 
multiple focal points. 
	
‒ Secured the license for Tom Tailor, a fashion 
brand for the German and European markets. 
	
‒ Concluded the integration of INSPECS USA 
into Tura which is now one of the major 
distributors of eyewear to the US market. 
	
‒ Launched Optaro, our new digital low vision 
aid which has been well received by  
the market. 
	
‒ Successfully launched Barbour into a global 
retail chain which has achieved strong sales 
to date. 
	
‒ Collaborated and released a new specialist 
sunglass collection for the sport shooting 
market in North America. 
MANUFACTURING:
	
‒ We completed our new additional 
10,000sqm facility in Vietnam. The Group 
now has 18,000sqm of production space 
making it the largest eyewear manufacturing 
plant in Vietnam. Total capacity of around 
12million frames per annum has enabled 
the Group to have increased flexibility of 
production and a significant offering to 
major customers around the world. 
SEE PAGE 33
SEE PAGE 32
SEE PAGE 31
A YEAR IN REVIEW

06
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
DISTRIBUTION
INNOVATION
BRAND 
PORTFOLIO
CAPABILITIES
1
2
3
4
Balanced distribution:
INSPECS supplies global chains,  
wholesalers and independent  
opticians around the world. 
Market-leading: 
Range of innovative and  
high-tech ‘low vision aid’  
products.
Balanced portfolio: 
INSPECS supplies private label,  
proprietary and licensed brands  
throughout the world.
Manufacturing capabilities: 
Ability to produce high-end titanium 
and metal frames, as-well as acetates 
and injected frames, giving us a 
complete customer offering. 
Points of sale  
distributed to
Active collaborations  
with global technology  
partners  
Total employees  
across the Group
Brands in our portfolio
75k
10
1,654
46
Our competitive edge
FRAMING SUCCESS
WHAT MAKES US UNIQUE
Our brands:
28 licensed brands and  
18 proprietary brands: including  
best-selling proprietary brands 
Titanflex and Humphrey’s. 
Innovation: 
Dedicated research  
and development team.
Worldwide distribution: 
To more than 75,000 
points of sale.
Robust network: 
Of talented employees.

07
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
STRATEGIC REPORT
08	 Chairman’s Statement
10	 Chief Executive’s review
12	 Market overview
14	 Our business model
15	 Our strategy
22	 Key performance indicators
23	 Medium-term targets
24	 Chief Financial Officer’s review
30	 Our business segments
34	 Our brands: global footprint
36	 Our brands: case studies
40	 Innovation
42	 Section 172 statement
45	 Environmental, Social and Governance
56	 Non-Financial and Sustainability 
Information Statement
65	 Risk management

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
08
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Robin Totterman
OPERATIONAL 
EFFICIENCY, 
STRATEGIC 
EXECUTION
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
DEAR STAKEHOLDERS,
I am pleased to present INSPECS Group’s Annual Report  
for the year to 31 December 2024. While this year has been a 
period of strategic progress, it has also presented challenges 
which led to declining revenues and profits. Nevertheless, we have 
demonstrated resilience, while continuing to invest in innovation 
and manufacturing to deliver long-term growth. We continue to 
navigate a dynamic economic environment while reinforcing our 
position as a leading global specialist in the eyewear sector.

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
09
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Performance highlights
Despite ongoing macroeconomic headwinds, 
INSPECS has remained focused on delivering 
operational efficiency and strategic execution. 
Revenue for the year reduced by £5.0m against 
prior year to £198.3m, reflecting a weaker than 
anticipated consumer demand in key markets 
and the impact of customer consolidation. 
Our disciplined cost management and efficiency 
improvements resulted in a 130-basis point 
improvement in gross profit margin, however our 
revenue performance, combined with increased 
losses in our Lenses segment, led to a £0.4m 
reduction in Underlying EBITDA to £17.6m.
Our vertically integrated business model 
continues to provide significant advantages, 
enabling us to maintain operational efficiency 
across our global supply chain. The integration 
of past acquisitions is now largely complete, 
delivering synergies that are contributing to both 
revenue protection and margin improvements. 
Furthermore, our investment in sustainable 
production methods reinforces our leadership  
in ethical and environmentally responsible 
eyewear solutions.
Our strategic focus on mid-market and premium 
eyewear remains well aligned with consumer 
preferences for quality, craftsmanship, 
and sustainability. This has supported the 
development of new partnerships with leading 
global retailers while also driving direct-to-
consumer growth.
	
‒ Fit for the future: We are always looking at 
ways to improve our climate goals, and with 
that in mind, we are setting a clear new target: 
a 40% reduction in our global Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 emissions by 2040, using 2023 as 
our base year. This shifts our focus from our 
previous goal of carbon-neutral operations by 
2030 to making deeper, more direct emissions 
reductions. At the same time, we are staying 
committed to sustainability by ensuring that 
by 2030, all our packaging will be recyclable, 
reusable, biodegradable, or made from bio-
based materials.
Outlook for 2025
Looking ahead, demand for eyewear, particularly 
in the mid-to-premium and sustainable 
categories, remains robust, supported by trends 
such as increasing health awareness and global 
demand for optical correction.
We expect to realise further benefits from 
investments made since our IPO in 2020, 
particularly in our expanded manufacturing 
capabilities and distribution networks.  
Plans for additional expansion into 
underpenetrated regions such as Latin  
America, the Middle East, and Southeast Asia 
present significant opportunities for growth.
Our commitment to innovation and responsible 
design remains unwavering. In 2025, we plan 
to introduce new eyewear collections with 
thoughtfully sourced materials and accelerate 
progress on integrating smart technology into 
our product lines. Additionally, we will leverage 
data analytics to enhance our understanding of 
customer preferences, ensuring our offerings 
remain aligned with evolving consumer needs.
Operational priorities for 2025 include reinforcing 
supply chain resilience, maintaining strict 
cost discipline, and increasing the proportion 
of our Group’s procurement from in-house 
manufacturing rather than third-party suppliers. 
While macroeconomic headwinds such as 
inflation, tariffs and currency volatility remain 
risks, we are confident that our business model 
and strategic agility will enable us to effectively 
navigate these challenges.
As per our communication to the market on 
20 December 2024, I intend to step down as 
Executive Chairman at the conclusion of the 
Company’s AGM pending the outcome of the 
ongoing search for a new Non‑Executive Chair. 
I will remain as Chair until a successor is found, 
after which I intend to remain an Executive 
Director of the Group.
I would like to take this opportunity to express my 
gratitude to our leadership team and employees 
worldwide for their dedication and hard work 
throughout 2024. Their efforts have been 
instrumental in driving our progress.
To our stakeholders, thank you for your 
continued support and confidence in our vision. 
As we enter 2025, I am confident that INSPECS is 
on a strong growth trajectory, equipped with the 
right strategy, talent, and resources to capitalise 
on emerging opportunities.
Sincerely,
—
Robin Totterman
Executive Chairman
14 April 2025
Strategic developments in 2024
Throughout 2024, we remained focused on the 
six key pillars that guide our strategy: vertical 
integration, worldwide distribution, innovation, 
growth, global network and fit for the future. 
	
‒ Vertical integration: Investments in 
automation and digital transformation have 
driven production efficiencies and quality 
enhancements. These improvements have 
also mitigated cost pressures from inflationary 
trends and supply chain disruptions.
	
‒ Worldwide distribution: We continued to 
expand in key growth markets, particularly in 
North America, with revenue from this region 
increasing by 4.0%. 
	
‒ Innovation: We introduced several new 
eyewear designs, including collaborations 
with globally recognised fashion brands, 
broadening our portfolio and engaging new 
customer segments. Our R&D investments 
in smart eyewear technology have also 
delivered promising early-stage results, 
positioning INSPECS at the forefront of 
industry innovation.
	
‒ Growth: Expansion of our omnichannel 
retail presence has improved the customer 
experience, integrating in-store and online 
shopping. We continue to invest in our direct-
to-consumer e-commerce platforms.
	
‒ Global Network: We remain committed to 
identifying acquisitions that align with our 
existing portfolio.
SEE STRATEGY ON PAGES 15-21

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
10
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Richard Peck
STRATEGIC 
PROGRESS and 
RESILIENCE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW
DEAR STAKEHOLDERS,
I am delighted to share with you the 2024 
Chief Executive’s Review for INSPECS 
Group plc’s Annual Report and Accounts. 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
11
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Manufacturing
Revenue from our manufacturing segment was 
£20.7m, compared to £20.2m in 2023. A major 
highlight of the year was the completion of the 
Group’s new, state-of-the-art manufacturing 
facility in Vietnam. This expansion of 
manufacturing capability, which is now fully 
operational, has significantly increased our 
capacity allowing the Group to be able to 
produce an additional 5 million units per year 
in the future. 
Lenses
Our Lenses segment grew its revenue by 18.2%. 
Despite this growth in sales, operationally the 
business increased its losses by £0.5m.  
Our satellite businesses have been merged 
into our main production facility in early 2025 
to reduce operational overheads and we are 
currently carrying out a strategic review of the 
business, which is expected to be concluded  
by June 2025. 
ESG
In 2024, we maintained our focus on ESG 
across our operations, remaining committed 
to aligning with UK mandatory climate-related 
financial disclosures and meeting stakeholder 
expectations. We have shifted from a carbon-
neutral goal to a 40% emissions reduction 
target, focusing more on direct reductions to our 
carbon footprint. As we move forward, we remain 
dedicated to regularly reviewing and refining 
our ESG strategy to drive meaningful progress 
across our global operations.
Our role within the community remains 
important to us, and we continue to foster 
strong partnerships with charities and non-profit 
organisations, both in the UK and internationally. 
In 2024, we proudly supported various initiatives, 
including the food bank project at Eschenbach, 
Sight Support Southwest with INSPECS Ltd, and 
the local food support programme at Tura.
“Our commitment to 
innovation remains steadfast, 
and we are exploring new 
product lines and services  
to diversify our offerings.”
Whilst the segment saw a dip in sales from 
£179.0m to £172.2m, improvements in 
gross margin helped mitigate the impact on 
Underlying EBITDA.
The team has been focused on operational and 
strategic initiatives through the year. Our strategy 
to grow by introducing our brands into more 
markets, while continuously simplifying our 
business operations, has shown promising results. 
The launch of a new brand, Barbour, globally has 
been very well received in the market. 
We have made significant developments in 
centralising our procurement processes, with 
a dedicated global team delivering synergies. 
The integration of our US businesses completed 
in the year, streamlining our operations under 
a single team, which has already delivered 
efficiencies and enhanced performance.
In regard to brand portfolio highlights, we were 
excited to announce the addition of a new brand, 
Tom Tailor, in August 2024. Our house brand, 
Titanflex, has continued to deliver strong results 
this year with a record number of sales. In Q4, 
Eschenbach Optiks successfully launched a 
revolutionary low vision aid – a video smartphone 
magnifier, which was well received by the market. 
Current trading and outlook
Looking ahead, we remain committed to growth 
with several key initiatives this year. We will 
introduce Tom Tailor, a significant brand in 
eyewear with Eschenbach in Europe. In Asia, 
production in our factories is ramping up, which 
will allow us to manufacture more products for 
our customers. In February, we attended the 
world’s largest optical fair in Italy, where we 
received strong interest in our new Vietnam 
factory. 
We delivered solid growth in H2 2024 and I am 
pleased to report that our current trading is in line 
with expectations, giving the Board confidence 
in delivering growth in revenue, margins and 
profits in 2025. 
In addition to these efforts, we are focusing on 
enhancing our technological capabilities to stay 
ahead in the market. We are investing in digital 
transformation initiatives to improve our supply 
chain efficiency and customer experience.  
Our commitment to innovation remains steadfast, 
and we are exploring new product lines and 
services to diversify our offerings. We believe  
that these strategic moves will position us well  
for sustained growth and success in the  
coming years. 
Finally, I would like to thank our employees 
and teams for your continued dedication and 
support. Your hard work and collaboration are 
essential to our ongoing success. 
—
Richard Peck
Chief Executive Officer
14 April 2025
Overall Performance
Starting with our financial performance, 
the Group delivered revenue of £198.3m, 
down from £203.3m the previous year. On a 
constant currency basis, the Group’s revenue 
was £203.2m. Despite a difficult first half, revenue 
in the second half of the year increased 3.4%, 
from the previous year, to £95.3m. Underlying 
EBITDA decreased to £17.6m from £18.0m.
We continued to generate positive cashflow in 
the year and reduced our net debt by £1.3m to 
£22.9m, even after investing in a new factory 
and paying deferred consideration on previous 
acquisitions. In December, we successfully 
refinanced our banking arrangements with HSBC 
UK Bank plc. The new loan facilities, maturing 
in 2027, are expected to reduce interest costs 
starting in 2025 and continuing thereafter.
Frames and Optics
Our Frames and Optics segment performance 
in the USA, Canada and the UK was robust. 
However, as highlighted through the year, 
we did experience a softer market in Europe, 
which impacted our overall performance.  

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
12
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
The global eyewear frames 
and sunglasses market is 
projected to see a 3.0% CAGR 
over the next five years, driven 
by evolving consumer trends, 
changing market dynamics, and 
technological advancements
Ageing is a major global demographic factor 
affecting eye care, as the need for vision correction 
grows and becomes more complex with age. 
Furthermore, the rise in screen time, particularly 
among young people, may have more severe 
impacts than previously anticipated, reinforcing  
the ongoing demand for preventive eyecare.
Market size and growth
According to recent market research (Statista), the 
global market for eyewear frames and sunglasses 
is expected to be valued at £53.6bn in 2025 and 
is projected to reach £60.4bn by 2029, with a 
CAGR of 3.0% (2025-2029) during the forecast 
period. The average volume per person in the total 
eyewear market is expected to be 0.3 pieces per 
person in 2025. On average, in 2025, every person 
worldwide is expected to generate a revenue of 
£13.09 in the eyewear market.
EYEWEAR FRAMES
Key trends: 
Recent trends have seen a growing 
demand for eyewear frames from 
sustainable materials. Demand has 
increased for innovative designs such as 
bold colours and unconventional shapes. 
Advancement in material technologies 
has allowed for the development of  
more lightweight and durable frames. 
SUNGLASSES
Key trends: 
UV protection has become increasingly 
important to consumers along with the 
popularity of polarised lenses to reduce 
glare. The incorporation of sunglasses 
into high‑end designer collections has 
turned them into a style statement as 
well as practical accessories. 
SPECTACLE LENSES
Key trends: 
The industry has seen increased 
research and developments into smart 
lenses in both the entertainment and 
medical sectors. Advancements in lens 
technology has also led to demand 
for thinner, lighter and more scratch 
resistant lenses. 
SEGMENTATION BY PRODUCT
Forecast 2025 Market Size: 
£20.5bn
£48.7bn
£33.1bn
MARKET OVERVIEW
(Source: Statista)

 Eyewear frames
 Spectacle lenses
 Sunglasses
(Source: Statista)
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
113.95
111.38
108.59
105.52
102.28
99.51
98.83
91.6
80.42
73.14
89.71
85.4
MARKET OVERVIEW
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
13
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
REVENUE BY SEGMENT (£BN)
EUROPE
Key trends: 
Europe is expected to experience 
moderate growth, spurred by 
a rising prevalence of myopia 
and hyperopia, as well as ageing 
populations. Germany makes up the 
largest slice of this market (£6.1bn) 
followed by France (£5.6bn) and the 
United Kingdom (£3.7bn).
UNITED STATES
Key trends: 
The United States generates the 
highest revenue in the eyewear market 
with average revenue per capita of 
£68.1 expected in 2025. Growth is 
expected to be fuelled by an increasing 
prevalence of eye disorders and a 
growing awareness of the importance 
of preventive eyecare such as blue light 
blocking lenses for the population’s 
increased screentime. 
REST OF WORLD
Key trends: 
The eyewear market in the Asia-Pacific 
region is expected to experience the 
highest growth over the next five years. 
This growth is driven by an increasing 
number of people requiring vision 
correction due to ageing populations, 
rising disposable incomes, and 
changing consumer preferences.
SEGMENTATION BY REGION
Forecast 2025 Market Size: 
£23.4bn
£49.5bn
£29.4bn
(Source: Statista)

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
14
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
2
3
4
MANUFACTURE
MARKET
DISTRIBUTE
DESIGN
Our product development teams work 
with our in-house design teams before 
passing designs on to our production 
teams. The Group has manufacturing 
plants in Vietnam, China, UK, Germany 
and Italy.
Drivers of success 
	
‒ Enlarged manufacturing capabilities 
for lenses and frames
Our marketing teams work in tandem 
with brand owners and brand managers 
to bring products to the market.
Drivers of success 
	
‒ Blend of proprietary brands  
and licensed brands
	
‒ Cutting edge ‘low vision aid 
products’
Through our network of 75,000 optical 
and retail outlets across 80 countries 
our products are sold in well-known 
high street chains and independent 
opticians globally.
Drivers of success 
	
‒ Strong key account customer base
	
‒ Strong independent customer base
Our design teams around the world follow 
the latest trends in the market and get 
inspiration from a variety of industries, 
including consumer fashion and beyond.
Our design teams are principally in the UK, 
USA, Germany, Portugal and Sweden.
Drivers of success 
	
‒ Talented employees 
	
‒ Dedicated Innovations team
1
OUR BUSINESS MODEL

15
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
INSPECS’ CONTINUED 
to POSITION itself  
as ONE of the WORLD’S  
LEADING EYEWEAR  
COMPANIES
Our model is based on six strategic pillars achieving sustained 
and balanced growth for the benefit of all stakeholders
OUR STRATEGY
01
VERTICAL INTEGRATION
04
GROWTH
02
WORLDWIDE DISTRIBUTION
05
GLOBAL NETWORK
03
INNOVATION
06
FIT FOR THE FUTURE

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
16
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
OUR STRATEGY
Maximise our Group synergies, 
resources and expertise
VERTICAL 
INTEGRATION
01
	
‒ Our Group procurement team is focused 
on delivering an increasingly competitive 
supply chain of quality manufactured 
products at the best price for the Group 
to distribute to both global chains and 
independent opticians. 
	
‒ Targeted consolidation and optimisation 
of resources around the Group.
	
‒ Further growth of in-house manufactured 
products from our own enlarged 
manufacturing capabilities. 

OUR STRATEGY
17
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
WORLDWIDE 
DISTRIBUTION
Use of our worldwide distribution 
platform to increase global reach
02
	
‒ Key brands both proprietary and 
licensed now distributed across  
our entire network.
	
‒ Tom Tailor licence secured with 
distribution starting in 2025. 
	
‒ Barbour successfully launched into 
global chain with distribution now in 
place across our entire network. 
	
‒ Continual growth in supply to travel 
retail outlets across the globe. 

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
18
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
	
‒ Major global retailers and 
manufacturers engaged with our 
teams on innovative and market-
leading eyewear development.
	
‒ Gaming eyewear launched with 
unique lenses and innovative 
heat-dissipating materials.
	
‒ A new digital low vision aid 
‘Optara’ launched in 2024. 
OUR STRATEGY
03
INNOVATION
Innovation at the forefront of our approach

OUR STRATEGY
19
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
04
GROWTH
Pursue all avenues for growth, 
internally and externally
	
‒ Construction of new Vietnam facility, 
raising capacity from 7m to 12m frames 
completed. 
	
‒ Solid growth in our low vision optics 
division both in Europe and the USA. 
	
‒ Solid growth in our North American 
businesses with increased distribution 
to major chains secured in 2024 for 
distribution in 2025. 
	
‒ Launch of selected frames to global 
online retailer with first deliveries made  
in December 2024. 

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
20
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
	
‒ Acquisition of A-Optikk (Norway) in 
January 2024 for increased operations 
in the Nordic region and enhanced 
distribution capacity.
	
‒ Successful integration of our  
US businesses in 2024. 
	
‒ Further integration for our European 
businesses to be completed in 2025.
Strategic acquisitions
GLOBAL 
NETWORK
05
OUR STRATEGY

OUR STRATEGY
21
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
FIT FOR 
THE FUTURE
High-performing, on-trend, innovative 
products with a responsible future
06
	
‒ Sustainable and biodegradable materials 
and products used to reduce our 
environmental impact and offer customers 
more thoughtfully sourced options.
	
‒ Ongoing research and development of 
biodegradable packaging to be introduced 
with product offering.
	
‒ Norville developed lenses in 2024 to assist 
individuals with colour blindness as well as 
cutting edge blue light blocking lenses.
	
‒ Patented hinge developed for Titanflex 
being utilised across other Group products. 
	
‒ Three Red Dot design awards won in 
2024 for our eyewear models from our 
Marc O’Polo, Jos and Mini eyewear ranges. 

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
22
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
£198.3m
£203.3m
£201.0m
2024
2023
2022
Revenue
£198.3m
-2%
£22.9m
£24.2m
£27.6m
2024
2023
2022
Net Debt (Excluding Lease Liabilities)
£22.9m
-5%
£3.4m
£2.9m
£(1.2)m
2024
2023
2022
Operating Profit/(Loss)
£3.4m
+17%
8.9%
8.9%
7.7%
2023
2022
Underlying EBITDA Margin
8.9%
+0 Basis points
£17.6m
£18.0m
£15.5m 
2024
2023
2022
Underlying EBITDA
£17.6m
-2%
52.2%
50.9%
49.2%
2024
2023
2022
Gross Profit Margin
52.2%
+130 Basis points
11.4m
11.0m
10.7m
2024
2023
2022
Eyewear Units Sold
11.4m
+4%
3.36p
4.85p
5.03p
2024
2023
2022
Diluted Underlying EPS
3.36p
-31%
£14.2m
£16.9m
£9.9m
2024
2023
2022
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
£14.2m
-16%
Our business focuses on nine key performance indicators that are used by the Board and senior 
management to review future outcomes and the successful delivery of the Group’s overall strategy.
PLEASE REFER TO PAGE 112 FOR OUR DEFINITIONS OF ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
2024

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
23
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
In addition to the KPIs detailed on the previous page, INSPECS has the below 2025 – 2027 Medium-Term Targets.  
These targets will assist us in delivering our aim and mission, detailed on page 2 and will be supported 
by our strategy, on pages 15 to 21.
MEDIUM-TERM TARGETS
01
Accelerated 
Revenue Growth:
CAGR Organic Revenue Growth 
40% above the market rate*
Drivers of growth:
	
‒ Expansion in premium and performance  
eyewear segments.
	
‒ 	Increased penetration in key markets and  
e-commerce growth.
	
‒ Product innovation and brand differentiation.
02
Operational 
Strength:
Achieve double digit 
Underlying EBITDA %
Key contributors:
	
‒ Improved gross margins through strategic sourcing  
and supply chain efficiencies.
	
‒ Increased automation and AI-driven analytics  
for inventory and demand forecasting.
	
‒ Greater direct-to-consumer (DTC) sales and  
omnichannel retail strategies.
03
Sustainable 
Leverage:
Net Debt to be  
40%-75% of Underlying EBITDA
Capital allocation priorities:
	
‒ Strategic investments in innovation and expansion.
	
‒ Prudent leverage management to maintain a healthy  
debt profile.
	
‒ Returning value to shareholders through dividends  
and share buybacks where feasible.
* Market Benchmark: Based on Statista Eyewear: Market Data & Analysis, covering Sunglasses and Eyewear Frames revenue projections.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
24
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW
The Group’s Underlying  
EBITDA decreased by 2.2% in  
the year from £18.0m to £17.6m.  
The Group reduced its net  
debt by £1.3m whilst investing  
a further £0.7m in our new  
Vietnam manufacturing facility  
and paying £1.9m of deferred  
and contingent acquisition 
consideration. 
Chris Kay

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
25
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Group sales for the year of £198.3m was a decrease of 2% on the previous years sales of £203.3m.  
On a constant currency basis* our sales of £203.2m were flat on the previous year’s sales of £203.3m.
The Group’s Operating Profit increased from £2.9m to £3.4m.
The Group’s Underlying EBITDA decreased by 2% in the year from £18.0m in 2023 to £17.6m. 
Reported loss before tax of £1.0m (FY23: Profit before tax £0.2m) is after incurring non-underlying 
costs (net) £0.5m (FY23: £0.1m), exchange adjustments on borrowings £0.1m (FY23: £1.3m) and net 
finance costs of £4.0m (FY23: £3.9m).
*	
Constant exchange rates: figures at constant exchange rates have been calculated using the average exchange rates in effect 
for the corresponding period in the relevant comparative year.
FY24
£’000
FY23
£’000
REVENUE
198,258
203,292
Gross profit
103,451
103,547
Underlying operating expenses
(85,869)
(85,508)
UNDERLYING EBITDA
17,582
18,039
Share-based payment expense
(371)
(972)
Depreciation and amortisation
(12,817)
(13,039)
Earnout on acquisitions
(981)
(1,140)
OPERATING PROFIT 
BEFORE NON-UNDERLYING COSTS 
3,413
2,888
Reconciliation to reported results
OPERATING PROFIT 
BEFORE NON-UNDERLYING COSTS 
3,413
2,888
Non-underlying costs (net)
(468)
(58)
Exchange adjustments on borrowings
97
1,312
Share of loss of associate and joint venture
(29)
(12)
Net finance costs
(4,036)
(3,915)
(LOSS)/PROFIT BEFORE TAX
(1,023)
215
Tax charge
(3,585)
(1,212)
LOSS AFTER TAX
(4,608)
(997)
Revenue
Total revenue for the year was £198.3m, decreasing by 2% from £203.3m in 2023. On a constant 
currency basis, revenue remained flat,at £203.2m in 2024 and £203.3m in 2023.
Gross profit margin
The Group’s gross profit margin for 2024 was 52.2% compared to 50.9% in 2023, an increase of 130 
basis points. The Group continues to focus with its new procurement team on supply chain efficiencies. 
Underlying EBITDA
The Group considers Underlying EBITDA as one of its key operating performance indicators.  
Our Underlying EBITDA decreased by £0.4m, from £18.0m to £17.6m, a decrease of 2%. Underlying 
EBITDA margin remained flat at 8.9%. Our Underlying EBITDA performance reflects the decrease in 
sales in 2024 from 2023. 
Operating expenses
Operating expenses decreased from £100.7m to £100.0m in 2024 despite cost inflation on wages, 
salaries and operating costs. The Group will continue to seek further operational cost savings in 2025.
Year ended
31 December
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 December
2023
£’000
Percentage 
change
Revenue
198,258
203,292
-2.5%
Gross profit
103,451
103,547
-0.1%
Distribution
5,743
6,020
-4.6%
Employee expenses
53,012
52,690
0.6%
Administrative expenses,  
excluding employee expenses
41,283
41,949
-1.6%
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
100,038
100,659
-0.6%

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
26
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
The table below sets out our operating costs as a percentage of revenue.
Year Ended
31 December
2024
£’000
Percentage
of revenue
Year Ended
31 December
2023
£’000
Percentage
of revenue
Revenue
198,258
–
203,292
–
Gross profit
103,451
52%
103,547
51%
Distribution
5,743
3%
6,020
3%
Employee expenses
53,012
27%
52,690
26%
Administrative expenses,  
excluding employee expenses
41,283
21%
41,949
21%
(Loss)/Profit before tax
In 2024, the Group made a statutory loss before tax of £1.0m (FY23: profit £0.2m), a decrease of 
£1.2m. The Group made an Underlying EBITDA of £17.6m (FY23: £18.0m).
2024
£m
2023
£m
Underlying EBITDA
17.6
18.0
Non-cash adjustments
1. Depreciation and amortisation
(12.8)
(13.0)
2. Exchange adjustments on borrowings
0.1
1.3
3. Share‑based payment expense
(0.4)
(1.0)
4. Earnout on acquisitions
(1.0)
(1.1)
Sub-total
3.5
4.2
Non-underlying costs (net)
(0.5)
(0.1)
Net finance costs
(4.0)
(3.9)
(LOSS)/PROFIT BEFORE TAX
(1.0)
0.2
Key items impacting the current year’s results are as follows:
Depreciation and amortisation
The Group’s depreciation and amortisation charge is set out below. Amortisation costs principally 
arise from the capitalisation of customer relationships on acquisitions.
31 December
2024
£m
31 December
2023
£m
Depreciation
6.0
6.1
Amortisation
6.8
6.9
Total
12.8
13.0
Exchange adjustments on borrowings
The exchange adjustment on borrowings primarily relates to intragroup loans, where the functional 
currency of the entities differs from the loan currency. This exchange adjustment also relates to the 
revolving credit facility and term loan held in Euros.
Share‑based payment expense
The Group has an LTIP scheme in place that vests over a period of three years from the date of the 
grant of the option at market value, and is subject to the continued employment of the individual  
over that period. The Group has recognised a non-cash charge of £0.4m in 2024 (FY23: £1.0m).  
The scheme is designed to give the equivalent of one year’s salary to an individual over that  
three-year period. Details of all options granted are shown in note 31 to the accounts.  
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee have approved the issue of further options, with this 
expected following the announcement of the 2024 results. Please see page 85 for further details.
Earnout on acquisitions
The acquisitions of EGO Eyewear and BoDe Designs in December 2021 both contained amounts due 
for contingent consideration, based on the performance of those businesses. In 2024, the amount of 
contingent consideration recognised under the agreements amounted to £1.0m (FY23: £1.1m) and 
has been charged to the profit and loss account in accordance with IFRS 3. 
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
27
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Net finance costs
Total net finance costs of £4.0m remained in line with 2023. On 13 December 2024 the Group repaid 
its previous multicurrency term loan and revolving credit facility with HSBC. At the same time, the 
Group entered into a new term loan and multicurrency revolving credit facility with HSBC. 
The Group’s multicurrency facility has now been drawn down in Euros with the interest rate charge 
based on the Euribor rather than Sonia. On 13 December the Sonia rate was 4.7%, the Euribor rate  
was 2.9%. The new facilities were put in place to reduce net finance costs over the term of the  
new facilities. 
The amortisation of loan transaction costs relates to the refinancing charges that are amortised over 
the period of the financing facilities available to the Group. 
2024
£m
2023
£m
Bank loan interest
3.1
3.4
Invoice discounting
0.3
0.1
IFRS 16 lease interest
0.6
0.5
Interest receivable
(0.2)
(0.2)
Net finance costs
3.8
3.8
Amortisation of loan transaction costs
0.2
0.1
Total net finance costs
4.0
3.9
Non-underlying costs (net)
The Group incurred £0.5m of non-underlying costs (net) in 2024 (2023: £0.1m). During the year 
the Group incurred restructuring costs of £0.4m which included the integration of INSPECS USA 
and Tura. The Group incurred a provision charge of £0.3m (2023: £nil) in relation to pre-acquisition 
withholding tax. The Group also recognised a non-underlying gain of £0.2m in relation to the sale of 
the Magdala Road site. The details of these are given on in note 8 to the accounts. 
Cash flows
During the year, the Group generated £7.2m in net cash flows from operating activities after tax and 
interest (2023: £12.7m). An analysis of how the Group has deployed its free cash flow in the year is set 
out below.
31 December
2024
£’000
31 December
2023
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
20,070
22,153
Net cash from operating activities
7,199
12,665
Net cash used in investing activities
(2,518)
(6,183)
Net cash used in financing activities
(426)
(8,835)
Increase/(Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
4,255
(2,353)
Foreign exchange rate (loss)/gain
(365)
270
Cash and cash equivalents including overdrafts at the year end
23,960
20,070
THE BREAKDOWN OF NET CASH USED  
IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES IS
Purchase of intangible fixed assets
(964)
(1,248)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(1,956)
(4,502)
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment
1,025
–
Cash paid in relation to deferred consideration
(700)
(673)
Acquisition of subsidiaries, including overdraft acquired
(124)
–
Interest received
201
240
Net cash used in investing activities
(2,518)
(6,183)
Working capital
The Group closely monitors its working capital position to ensure that it has sufficient resources to 
meet its day-to-day requirements and to fund further investing activities to supply its customer base.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
28
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Receivables by due date
The Group closely monitors its receivable due days to ensure that amounts overdue more than 30 days 
are kept to a minimum balance.
Year ended 31 December 2024
Year ended 31 December 2023
Total
Current
<30 days
overdue
>30 days
overdue
Total
Current
<30 days
overdue
>30 days
overdue
Receivables (£m)
28.3
19.0
4.3
5.0
24.2
15.2
3.2
5.8
Percentage
100
67
15
18
100
63
13
24
Inventory
Our sales to inventory ratio decreased from 5.0 to 4.6. The Group constantly monitors its working 
capital position, with a view to increase the sales to inventory ratio where possible.
Year ended
31 December
2024
£m
Year ended
31 December
2023
£m
Turnover
198.3
203.3
Inventory
42.8
40.9
Sales to inventory ratio
4.6
5.0
Current asset ratio
The current asset ratio is a liquidity ratio that measures a company’s ability to pay its short-term 
obligations, or those due within one year.
Year ended
31 December
2024
£m
Year ended
31 December
2023
£m
Current assets
106.6
97.2
Current liabilities
75.1
65.9
Ratio
1.4
1.5
Quick ratio
The quick ratio is an indicator of a company’s short-term liquidity position, and measures a company’s 
ability to meet its short-term obligations with its most liquid assets.
Year ended
31 December
2024
£m
Year ended
31 December
2023
£m
Current assets
106.6
97.2
Less inventory
(42.8)
(40.9)
63.8
56.3
Current liabilities
75.1
65.9
Ratio
0.8
0.9
Net debt
The Group’s closing net debt, including and excluding lease liabilities, is shown below. During the year 
the Group decreased its net debt excluding leases from £24.2m to £22.9m.
Year ended
31 December
2024
£m
Year ended
31 December
2023
£m
Cash at bank
24.0
20.1
Bank loans & invoice discounting 
(46.9)
(44.3)
Lease liabilities
(15.6)
(17.9)
Net debt
(38.5)
(42.1)
Net debt (excluding lease liabilities)
(22.9)
(24.2)
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
29
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financing
During the year, the Group refinanced its facilities with HSBC. The new loan facilities, maturing in 
December 2027, have a leverage ceiling of 2.25, debt service cover of 1.05 (increasing to 1.1 in 
December 2025) and an interest cover of 3.0. The Group finances its operations through the  
following facilities. 
Amount
£m
Matures
Drawn at
31 December
2024
£m
Group revolving credit facility
29.8
December 2027
28.2
Term loans
9.9
December 2027
9.9
Revolving credit facility USA
8.0
1-year rolling
7.5
Invoice discounting
1.7
1-year rolling
1.7
Total
49.4
47.3
Leverage (using debt to equity ratio)
The Group’s leverage positions, calculated in the context of its banking covenants, are shown below 
including and excluding operating lease liabilities:
2024
2023
Including operating lease liabilities
1.64
1.70
Excluding operating lease liabilities
1.52
1.58
Required ratio
2.25
2.25
The Group’s leverage is constantly updated, and a rolling projection for 12 months is reviewed to 
ensure compliance with the Group’s covenants. A breach in the cash flow cover covenant as of  
31 March 2025 was identified, which was caused by accelerated payments to suppliers. Controls 
over subsidiary bank accounts have been strengthened such that a breach of a similar nature cannot 
reoccur. The breach was formally waived by HSBC on 9 April 2025. The Group’s other covenant 
positions are given on page 132.
(Loss)/earnings per share
Year ended 31 December 2024
Basic weighted
average number
of Ordinary
Shares (‘000)
Total
(loss)/
earnings
£’000
(Loss)/
earnings
per share
(pence)
Basic loss per share
101,672
(4,608)
(4.53)
Diluted loss per share
101,672
(4,608)
(4.53)
Basic Underlying EPS
101,672
3,593
3.53
Diluted Underlying EPS
106,824
3,593
3.36
Dividend
The Group does not intend to pay a dividend for the year ended 31 December 2024. 
Going concern
The Directors have undertaken a comprehensive assessment of the Group’s ability to trade out to at 
least 30 June 2026. Details of this are given in the Directors’ Report on pages 90 to 92. Taking this 
into consideration, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company 
have adequate resources to continue to trade throughout the review period. Therefore, the Directors 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated and Parent Company 
financial statements.
—
Chris Kay
Chief Financial Officer
14 April 2025

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
30
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
All our business segments contain their own specific design 
teams, which together with our direct and indirect sales teams 
and distributors allow us to reach over 75,000 optical and retail 
outlets spanning over 80 countries globally.
This year the Group factories supplied 5.0m frames, up from 
4.9m in 2023, from our plants in Vietnam, China and Italy.
These were used for both our own proprietary and licensed 
brands. Together with our trusted manufacturing third party 
suppliers, we sold 11.4m frames in 2024 up from 11.0m in 
2023. We continue to invest in our Manufacturing business 
segment with our new 10,000 sqm facility in Vietnam which  
will raise capacity towards 12m frames in 2025.
FRAMES  
and OPTICS
Frame and low vision products
SEE PAGE 31
SEE PAGE 32
SEE PAGE 33
MANUFACTURING
Frame manufacturing
LENSES
Optical lens production
OUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS
INSPECS Group plc is comprised of three business segments:

OUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
31
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Revenue split by region for Frames and Optics (£’000)
United Kingdom 
15,406
Africa 
354
Asia 
2,987
Australia 
6,748
South America 
1,624
North America 
64,833
Europe (excluding UK) 
80,269
Frame and low vision products
Our Frames and Optics business segment is 
located across the globe and comprises of 
Eschenbach, INSPECS, BoDe, Ego Eyewear and 
Tura. During 2024, this business segment had 
combined sales of £172.2m, down from £179.0m 
in 2023.
Our low vision business in Europe and America 
performed strongly in 2024 with solid growth.  
In September 2024 it launched the Optara, a new 
digital low vision aid which has been successfully 
received into the market. The business continues 
to develop new and innovative products with a 
diffusion range to be launched digitally to the 
market in 2025. 
Our optical frame business, whilst down in 
revenue in 2024, performed well in North America 
with solid growth, but was affected by the 
continuing consumer weakness in both Germany 
and other European markets. Our UK business 
performed well, and further licensed brands will 
be delivered to its key chain business in 2025. 
The Tom Tailor fashion licence was signed by our 
German business in 2024 and launches in 2025 
across both Germany and the European market. 
Our new Nordic sales teams performed well in 
the last quarter of 2024 winning key accounts 
and increased independent distribution for 2025, 
which combined with our Swedish operation 
gives us a solid platform to increase growth in 
the future. 
FRAMES  
and OPTICS
FRAME AND OPTIC DEVELOPMENT TIMELINE
1988
	
‒ INSPECS created
2009
	
‒ Acquired Inspecs USA
2020
	
‒ Acquired Eschenbach Group, 
including Eschenbach Optik
2021
	
‒ Acquired BoDe
	
‒ Acquired Ego Eyewear
2024
	
‒ Acquired A-Optikk AS
Number of Employees
681
2023: 669
Operating Profit*
£5.0m
2023: £5.1m
Revenue*
£172.2m
2023: £179.0m
Adjusted Underlying EBITDA*
£16.6m
2023: £17.6m
* Segment excludes any allocation of adjustments and eliminations. Please refer to page 114 for our full reconciliation.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
32
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Number of Employees
894
2023: 928
Operating Profit*
£4.2m
2023: £4.0m
Revenue*
£20.7m
2023: £20.2m
Adjusted Underlying EBITDA*
£5.9m
2023: £5.6m
Frame manufacturing
As part of our vertical integration strategy, 
we continue to invest in our own Frame 
Manufacturing segment. This gives us an 
added advantage of being able to use, where 
appropriate, our own in-house teams, or 
subcontract to some of the world’s best 
manufacturers. During the year the Group 
factories supplied 5.0m frames, an increase of 
0.1m frames from 2023. We have invested a total 
of £3.7m in our new additional 10,000 sqm plant 
in Vietnam that commenced manufacturing in 
2024. This brings technical capacity of the Group 
to 12m frames on an annual basis, but more 
importantly, increases our ability to deliver at 
busy times.
Our main manufacturing plants are 
NEO Optical in Vietnam, Torkai Optical 
in China and Kudos in Italy.
MANUFACTURING
Frame manufacturing locations
Domegge di Cadore, Italy
Zhongshan, China
Neo, Vietnam
MANUFACTURING TIMELINE
1994
Torkai Optical  
factory completed
	
‒ Metal and acetate frames
	
‒ 10,000 sqm
2016
Neo Optical Plant A completed
	
‒ Injection moulded and acetate 
frames
	
‒ 4,000 sqm 
2019
Neo Optical Plant B completed
	
‒ Injection moulded and acetate 
frames
	
‒ 4,000 sqm 
2021
Kudos factory completed
	
‒ High‑end rolled gold frames
	
‒ 1,500 sqm 
2024
Neo Optical Plant C completed
	
‒ Injection moulded, acetate and 
metal frames.
	
‒ 10,000 sqm
Despite the work undertaken on the construction 
of the new manufacturing facility the business 
increased its revenue by £0.5m to £20.7m and 
had a 5% increase in operating profit to £4.2m.
OUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS
* Segment excludes any allocation of adjustments and eliminations. Please refer to page 114 for our full reconciliation.

OUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
33
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Lens Manufacturing locations
Lens Manufacturing
Whilst our Lens Manufacturing segment 
increased its revenues by 18% from 2023, 
operating losses increased mainly as a result 
of increased manufacturing overheads. 
During the year the Group sold its old factory 
site at Magdala Road and in early 2025 
integrated its two satellite plants in Livingston 
and Seaham into the main Gloucester 
business in a further effort to increase 
operational efficiencies. 
The Group is currently undertaking a strategic 
review of our Lens Manufacturing segment. 
LENSES
Norville 
Gloucester
Number of Employees
79
2023: 76
Operating Loss*
£2.5m
2023: £2.0m
Revenue*
£4.9m
2023: £4.2m
Adjusted Underlying EBITDA*
£(1.9)m
2023: £(1.4)m
* Segment excludes any allocation of adjustments and eliminations. Please refer to page 114 for our full reconciliation.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
34
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
OUR BRANDS
PROPRIETARY
We target specific market segments 
with our proprietary brand offer. 
We elevate Group-owned patents 
and manufacturing techniques by 
building a brand around them and 
successfully taking them to market.
LICENSED
Consumer brands are selected with 
potential to grow market share in a 
geographical region or for broader global 
distributions. We are specialists in working 
with brand owners in partnership, to help 
deliver growth for both parties.
Our brand portfolio includes a balanced  
mix of proprietary and licensed brands. 
GLOBAL FOOTPRINT

OUR BRANDS
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
35
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
 
Region of brand sales
North America
South America
United Kingdom
Africa
Asia
Australia
Europe
BRAND
North America
South America
United Kingdom 
Europe
Africa
Asia
Australia
Titanflex
Humphreys
Ted Baker
Marc O’Polo
L.A.M.B
Superdry
Brendel
O’Neill
Tura
Lulu Guinness
Top 10 by sales value
Global footprint

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
36
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
TED BAKER
OUR BRANDS
Licensed

CASE STUDY
37
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Market penetration and distribution
Ted Baker Eyewear is strategically distributed 
across more than 8,000 independent eyecare 
professionals (‘IECPs’), numerous optical chain 
accounts, certain e-commerce sites and fashion 
retailers across North America. The brand 
maintains strong partnerships with optical 
alliances and buying groups using tailored 
marketing and sales support strategies. In 2025 
an affordably priced diffusion collection, Baker 
by Ted Baker will expand the brand’s reach into 
additional optical chains further strengthening its 
market presence. 
Design innovation
The Ted Baker eyewear collection balances 
contemporary fashion with functional 
sophistication. The brand’s commitment to 
innovation is evident in its use of custom acetate 
materials, bold yet wearable shapes, and intricate 
design details. With an emphasis on fit inclusivity, 
the collection offers petite/narrow, universal, and 
XL fit options, ensuring accessibility for a diverse 
range of consumers. Sustainability initiatives 
extend to eco-conscious materials and packaging, 
reinforcing its commitment to responsible fashion. 
The men’s collection combines smart styling with 
innovation, while the women’s and kids’ assortment 
focuses on trend-forward yet timeless designs.
Customer engagement and loyalty
Ted Baker fosters brand loyalty through a 
multi‑channel marketing approach that combines 
brand training, tailored merchandising, and 
digital engagement. The brand invests in 
ongoing communication via social media, email 
campaigns, and direct mail to keep consumers 
connected. Through in-store experiences and 
visual merchandising, Ted Baker strengthens its 
presence among optical retailers and consumers 
alike. The eyewear collection’s blend of quality 
craftsmanship, stylish versatility, and thoughtful 
design ensures a lasting emotional connection 
with wearers, reinforcing Ted Baker as a trusted 
name in fashion eyewear.
Financial performance
Ted Baker eyewear continues to grow and 
contribute meaningfully to the Group’s financial 
performance. At the heart of the brand’s 20‑year 
track record of growth is a commitment to 
innovative design and a deep understanding of 
the professional eyecare space. We expect recent 
brand extension efforts to contribute significantly 
to market share gains in the coming years. 
Ted Baker London is 
a globally recognised 
lifestyle brand, known 
for its refined yet quirky 
approach to fashion. 
Fusing British heritage with contemporary 
design, the eyewear collection embodies modern 
sophistication through wearable shapes and 
unexpected design elements. Characterised by 
clever details and signature prints and patterns, 
Ted Baker eyewear captures the essence of 
distinction and individuality while maintaining  
an approachable mid-level luxury positioning.
£17.0m
£15.7m
£16.2m
£14.4m
2024
2023
2022
2021
Annual Sales

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
38
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
BOTANIQ
OUR BRANDS
Proprietary

39
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Customer engagement and brand loyalty
BOTANIQ builds customer loyalty on trust,  
ethical choices, and staying true to its promises. 
The commitment to sustainability, transparency, 
and responsible practices ensures that the 
customer feels confident in every purchase.
By consistently delivering eco-conscious 
products and standing by its values, BOTANIQ 
creates a deeper connection with the customers. 
BOTANIQ is committed to planting a tree for 
every frame sold and working with TerraCycle® 
BOTANIQ recycles and repurposes the old 
products giving the materials a second life, 
diverting waste from landfill and incinerators.
For us, loyalty isn’t just about repeat purchases 
– it’s about building a movement of like-minded 
individuals who believe in a better future.
Design innovation and collaboration
BOTANIQ sets itself apart through cutting-
edge design and material innovation, blending 
trend‑setting aesthetics with sustainability.  
Each frame is meticulously crafted to offer 
flattering, progressive style and comfort while 
maintaining an environmentally responsible 
footprint. By leveraging advanced material 
technologies like Eastman Acetate Renew 
and Tritan™ Renew, BOTANIQ ensures that its 
eyewear is both durable and eco-conscious.
BOTANIQ collaborates with leading designers and 
sustainability experts to push the boundaries of 
sustainable fashion. Through continual refinement, 
its collections incorporate the latest advancements 
in recycled and bio-based materials.
In addition to internal innovation, BOTANIQ 
embraces strategic partnerships with like-minded 
brands and organisations to drive forward-
thinking design solutions. These collaborations 
result in collections that resonate with 
environmentally conscious consumers, further 
cementing BOTANIQ’s position as a pioneer in 
sustainable eyewear.
With a keen focus on both function and fashion, 
BOTANIQ continues to redefine what it means 
to wear responsible eyewear – proving that 
sustainability and style can go hand in hand.
Financial performance
BOTANIQ has experienced steady growth, with 
revenue rising from $544k in 2021 (launch year) to 
$1.964m in 2024. This reflects a strong CAGR of 
53%, demonstrating the brand’s expanding market 
presence and consumer demand. The steady 
year-over-year increase highlights BOTANIQ’s 
successful retail partnerships, ethical positioning, 
and growing customer loyalty. With this momentum, 
the brand is well-positioned for further scalability 
and global impact.
Introduced in 2021, BOTANIQ is 
a stylish, eco-friendly eyewear 
collection, designed with the  
planet in mind that makes people 
feel good about their choice and 
look fantastic at the same time.
BOTANIQ aims to inspire others to join 
the movement and understand that 
saving the planet requires a collective 
effort, starting with something as small 
as the frames you choose to wear.
Sustainable practices and 
corporate responsibility 
BOTANIQ is ISCC certified across both optical 
and sunglasses ranges made with Eastman 
Acetate Renew for frames and Tritan™ Renew 
for the sun lenses resulting in highly responsible 
eyewear with exceptional look and feel.
Tritan™ Renew lenses are made with 50% 
certified recycled content1, while Acetate Renew 
frames are made with 28% recycled content1 and 
42% responsible bio‑based content2 resulting in 
a total of 70% responsible content.
This certification showcases BOTANIQ’s 
commitment to the sourcing of sustainable 
materials, transparency with the supply chain 
and provides credibility to the consumers.
All packaging is recyclable. Paper and cardboard 
is from FSC sources. The case folds flat, reducing 
transport energy use.
Market penetration and global reach
Despite being a brand-new player with limited 
brand awareness, BOTANIQ has rapidly secured 
prime retail placements. The brand is now listed 
in Boots Opticians and Dufry – Travel Retail 
across Europe, expanding its footprint in key 
markets. Additionally, its presence in Sam’s 
Club in the US gives it access to a massive 
American consumer base. These strategic 
partnerships provide BOTANIQ with a global 
showcase, accelerating its market penetration 
and brand awareness.
£1.5m
£1.1m
£1.1m
£0.4m
2024
2023
2022
2021
CASE STUDY
Looking ahead
Being a house brand, the Group has full control 
over its quality, pricing, and sustainability 
initiatives, allowing for a unique competitive edge 
in the market. Looking ahead, we’re poised for 
even greater expansion, with exciting innovations 
and global opportunities on the horizon – this is 
just the beginning!
1.	 ISCC certified recycled content calculated via a mass 
balance approach. Acetate Renew frames are made with 
approximately 28% recycled content.
2.	 Eastman has achieved FSC® and PEFC™ Chain of Custody 
certification, ensuring the traceability of raw materials 
through the supply chain back to the forest.
Annual Sales

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
40
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
INNOVATION
Our progress reflects our dedication 
to innovation and our ability to turn 
ideas into impactful solutions that 
meet evolving industry needs. 
We consistently push boundaries, transform 
ideas into realities whilst staying ahead of 
emerging trends, technologies, and consumer 
insights. This enables us to stand out in a 
competitive market. By working closely with 
market leading tech companies, our skilled 
team addresses challenges with creativity and 
delivers effective, forward-thinking solutions. 
This approach not only improves existing 
products and services but also opens the 
door to new opportunities that enhance our 
capabilities and diversify our offerings.
Looking ahead, we are excited about the 
possibilities the future holds. By continuing to 
embrace innovation and collaboration, we aim 
to drive meaningful progress and strengthen 
our position as a trusted leader in the market.
Our Innovations team has had an incredible 
year, focused on advancing key areas that are 
reshaping the eyewear industry and beyond. 
By combining advanced technology with bold 
creativity, we continue to set new benchmarks 
across six pivotal categories: 
DRIVING INNOVATION  
and SHAPING the FUTURE 
01
Innovative Eyewear 
Collections
We’re pushing boundaries with forward‑thinking 
designs that combine form, function, and 
cutting-edge materials. This includes developing 
tailored collections, like our Regen Gaming 
Eyewear range, designed specifically for 
gamers. The collection combines specially 
formulated technical blue blocking with colour 
enhancing lenses with premium materials for 
enhanced visual comfort and performance, 
marking our first direct-to-consumer brand 
with a dedicated website. 
By utilising the data collected through our 
global sales networks, we joined forces with 
a global retailer to develop their private label 
line, ensuring the styles best suit the target 
customer segment. 
03
Smart Eyewear 
Development
Collaborating with an innovative technology-
driven enterprise offering an extensive range 
of products and services, we have been 
exploring groundbreaking Smart Eyewear 
concepts. These include prescription lens 
integration and augmented reality capabilities, 
as well as the development of smart eyewear. 
These innovative eyewear concepts cater 
to various applications, from sports to 
professional use.
We have also been actively collaborating 
with a globally renowned leader in advanced 
technology and engineering solutions, 
blending sensors and real-time data display  
to create seamless physical-digital integration. 
Although traditionally specialising in 
automotive systems, consumer electronics 
has accelerated with the development of 
micro laser modules. We are in collaboration 
to amalgamate this superior technology into 
advanced Visionary Smart Frame concepts. 
These innovative designs demonstrate 
advanced forward-thinking engineering, 
reflecting our shared commitment to pushing 
the boundaries of smart eyewear solutions.
02
New Material 
Generation 
Sustainability remains at the core of our material 
innovations. We’ve developed revolutionary 
biodegradable materials currently unused 
in the eyewear field that promise superior 
durability and environmental responsibility. 
From recyclable lenses to non-toxic dyes, these 
advancements are redefining how eyewear is 
produced. Additionally, we are pioneering 3D 
titanium printing to create ultra-durable frames 
with reduced waste. 
We have reimagined our cleaning/anti-fog 
solution by introducing a hassle-free gel 
format, offering a streamlined and effective 
alternative that makes a strong impact in the 
market. This innovative approach enhances 
user convenience while maintaining top-tier 
performance.

INNOVATION
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
41
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Our Innovations team has had an exciting year,  
leading the way in advancements across materials  
and technology.
06
Collaborating  
for Impact 
A highlight of this year was our collaboration 
with a prestigious research-led university, 
King’s College London, on a UV protection 
headwear solution tailored for patients with 
Xeroderma Pigmentosum (‘XP’). This rare 
condition requires exceptional UV shielding, and 
we provided full support in design, prototyping, 
and production advice to create a solution that 
combines protection with comfort and style. 
This project underscores our commitment to 
applying innovation for the betterment of lives, 
showcasing how our expertise can make a 
tangible difference in healthcare-related fields. 
Framework for impactful innovation 
Our innovation projects are evaluated against 
four core principles: 
	
‒ Desirability (Human): Does it add real  
value to our customers’ lives? 
	
‒ Viability (Business): Is it sustainable  
and scalable? 
	
‒ Feasibility (Technology): Can we deliver 
it effectively using current and emerging 
technologies? 
	
‒ Integrity Impact (Society and Planet):  
How does it contribute positively to  
society and the environment? 
Collaboration at the core 
Innovation thrives on collaboration. Our team 
works closely with global brands and R&D teams 
to develop frame concepts, material solutions, 
and production techniques. These partnerships 
allow us to integrate our breakthroughs into 
mainstream production, ensuring they reach 
a wider audience while maintaining our high 
standards of quality and creativity. 
As we look to the future, our focus remains 
steadfast: to inspire, innovate, and create 
solutions that shape the next era of eyewear and 
technology. We’re proud of what we’ve achieved 
and are energised by the opportunities ahead. 
Together, we’re not just meeting the demands of 
today – we’re shaping tomorrow. 
04
Lens Technology 
Leveraging Group expertise, we are advancing 
lens technology to deliver next-generation 
products. From bespoke lens solutions to 
innovative coatings, our work is setting a new 
standard for performance and adaptability. 
Further commissioned project modules have led 
to the development of cast lenses, successfully 
encapsulating multimedia films for edging/glazing 
into eyewear components. 
05
Prescription Lenses 
for Smart Eyewear
In addition to experimental lenses/coating 
development, we are also solving challenges 
surrounding prescription additions to smart 
eyewear designs. These range from clip‑in 
enhancement systems, magnetic gaskets, 
rotational adaptations, and lens integration. 

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
42
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
SECTION 172 STATEMENT
The Board of INSPECS 
Group continues to 
uphold and develop 
the high standards of 
Corporate Governance 
already established.
OUR EMPLOYEES
OUR INVESTORS
Overview
The Board recognises that it is our people who ensure we fulfil 
our potential and execute our strategy. Over the course of 2024, 
the Board received regular updates on topics of interest from 
the Group’s ESG Compliance and Risk Officer, CEO and CFO. 
Board members engage with employees across the Group and 
welcome open discussions.
Overview
The Chairman and members of the Board make themselves 
available to meet with investors and seek to understand and 
prioritise the issues that matter most. These include operational 
and financial performance, liquidity and dividend policies, risk 
management and ESG matters.
What is important to them and how we engage
Training and career prospects:
The Board ensures our team have open and transparent 
communication lines to influence change in relation to matters 
that affect them. Certain senior employees of the Group have 
been granted options over shares in INSPECS Group plc under 
the LTIP scheme to maximise retention and secure the future 
leadership team. The Group actively encourages all employees 
to have access to further training to enhance their skills and 
develop their careers.
Health and safety:
Individual entities review health and safety monthly and report 
findings to the Group ESG Compliance and Risk Officer. 
These findings are reviewed at each Board meeting and form 
part of the standing agenda.
Diversity and fair pay: 
The Group has high standards in relation to diversity and fair pay 
for all employees regardless of their age, disability, sex  
or ethnicity.
What is important to them and how we engage
Demonstrate a clear investment case and strategy for 
continued sustained growth:
The Group communicates through RNS releases, publication of 
the interim and annual accounts, and the website.
Ensure good risk management and corporate governance:
All Directors and senior executives have a shared governance 
and risk understanding. Our Audit and Risk Committee is in place 
with continual Board involvement in governance of key elements.
Communicate KPIs:
Regular communication is provided to the market via RNS, 
maintaining a relevant information flow to all stakeholders.
Continue our ethical behaviour in all business matters:
We are committed to working with our suppliers, business 
partners and key stakeholders to ensure their business is ethical 
and responsible. Honesty and transparency are integral to our 
business operation.
2024 considerations
During the year the Board visited the Group’s Norville subsidiary 
to meet with key employees, better understand their priorities 
and discuss the implementation of the Group strategy.
During the year the Group established a target to deliver 12,500 
hours of skills training and mentorship annually in line with its 
ESG Roadmap. During 2024 the Group achieved 11,386 hours. 
During the year the Group launched a new compliance training 
platform designed to enhance employee understanding of key 
topics as well as providing role-specific training modules and 
interactive content. 
2024 considerations
The Executive Directors held three sets of meetings with major 
shareholders during the year along with the annual general 
meeting in order to understand their priorities, consider their 
feedback and communicate our strategy.
Votes from shareholders at the AGM represented 72% of the 
share capital.
The Board regularly consulted with the Group’s NOMAD and 
advisers to stay informed about market trends and sentiment, 
which helped in developing our strategy.
The Directors believe they have acted at all times to promote 
the success of the Group for the benefit of its members as 
a whole. In doing so, the Board has considered the interests 
of a range of stakeholders impacted by the business, as well 
as having regard for the matters set out in s.172(1) of the 
Companies Act 2006. In line with the Section 172 statement 
the Board considers the long-term effects of key decisions 
on all of our stakeholders.
The Board recognises that effective engagement with a 
broad range of our stakeholders is essential for the long-
term success of the business. The Board regularly considers 
the likely consequences of our strategy and long-term 
decision making, taking into account our suppliers, investors, 
communities, employees, customers and the environment in 
which we operate.
The Board engages with all areas of the business to gather 
data that is relevant to the decisions being made. The Board 
has actively engaged in ensuring the Group takes into 
account climate change and the effect our operations have 
on the community and environment.
Stakeholders considered

SECTION 172 STATEMENT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
43
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
OUR CUSTOMERS
OUR COMMUNITIES
OUR SUPPLIERS
Overview
The Board recognises that strong relations with customers are 
key for the success of the business with their feedback allowing 
us to better understand their needs and maximise product design. 
The Board regularly receives operational updates, including 
customer metrics and feedback, from each of the businesses.
Overview
The Group operates globally and we operate in a responsible 
way, ensuring consideration to those around us and continuing 
to minimise our effect on the environment. The Board monitors 
the Group’s engagement with its communities through the 
Environmental, Social and Governance Committee.
Overview
The Board understands that treating suppliers fairly and having 
strong relations with them allows us to improve our product 
standards whilst mitigating risks. The Group ensure they are 
partnering with ethical suppliers who take appropriate health  
and safety measures.
What is important to them and how we engage
Continue to create new well-designed products:
The Group design hubs are in the UK, Portugal, Germany,  
Hong Kong and the USA. They regularly engage directly  
with customers to create new and exciting ranges.
Deliver to our customers on time:
Our communication with our customers and suppliers is key, 
especially while we navigate through turbulent political and 
economic unrest.
Engage in customer feedback to ensure continual 
improvement of our supply chain:
The Group reviews its six-monthly or annual feedback reports 
from our global accounts and utilises these to help in constantly 
improving our performance.
Develop more sustainable products and packaging for  
our customer base:
We continue to develop sustainable eyewear ranges and 
packaging which have won multiple awards.
What is important to them and how we engage
Ethical and responsibly managed business:
The Board ensures ethical and responsible management is 
implemented from the top through its ESG Committee and  
the Audit and Risk Committee.
Generation of employment opportunities:
The Group’s continued expansion brings about employment and 
career opportunities for individuals in many local communities.
Protection of the local environment:
We continue to focus on environmental protection as we aim  
to reduce our emissions and our local environmental impact.
Community involvement:
The Group encourages our local businesses to explore 
opportunities to work directly with voluntary programmes in 
order to contribute back to the communities they are apart of.
What is important to them and how we engage
Fair trading and payment terms:
The Group ensures that all suppliers are paid and treated equally 
and the Board reviews average supplier days.
Collaboration and long-term partnerships:
We engage with our key suppliers for the long term and aim to 
create a partnership of supply. We collaborate with our licensed 
brands to design products which meet the visions of both partners.
Supplier engagement checks:
We monitor key suppliers to ensure compliance with modern 
slavery laws.
Collaborative innovation:
Our Innovations team works collaboratively with a number of key 
suppliers to innovate and develop new products for both new 
and existing markets.
2024 considerations
The Group has built upon its success in previous years, winning 
three Red Dot product design awards for our eyewear models 
from our Marc O’Polo, Jos and Mini eyewear collections.
The Group is aware of the value our customers place on key 
licence brands and has successfully renewed its CAT brand  
for another three years as it continues these relationships.
The Group has successfully launched a new optics product 
to its customers, named ‘Optaro’; this product is a video 
magnifier specifically made for smartphones which can 
magnify text up to 15x.
2024 considerations
The Group has established a target of each of our major 
operations participating in at least one local community  
project each year to enhance our community engagement. 
In our German and US subsidiaries we have supported local 
foodbanks through both donations and logistical support. In our 
UK subsidiary we have supported Sight Support Southwest who 
aim to remove barriers and address inequalities for people living 
with sight loss. 
The ESG Committee has made good progress on their 
environmental strategies through Planet, Product, Packaging  
and Procurement further detailed on pages 50 to 53.
2024 considerations
The Group’s procurement department became operational 
during 2024 and held a number of meetings with key suppliers  
to strengthen relations and improve supply chain efficiency. 
The Group introduced the Integrity Next platform to enhance 
supply chain due diligence and drive continuous improvement. 
This platform streamlines information sharing and progress 
tracking, strengthening partnerships with suppliers.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
44
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
KEY BOARD DECISIONS
CONSIDERATIONS
01 
COST 
CONTROL
The Board has continued to review 
analysis of discretionary expenditure 
across the Group with the objective  
of controlling costs amid higher 
inflation levels.
Controlling costs of the business 
allowed us to control product prices 
for the benefit of consumers whilst 
also ensuring the viability and long-
term success of the business for 
investors and employees.
02 
INTERNAL 
CONTROLS
The Board reviewed the reports from 
the Head of Internal Controls and  
the external auditors. In conjunction 
with the executive team, the Board 
has implemented recommendations 
to improve the overall controls of  
the Group.
The continual improvement in internal 
controls allows investors to place 
increasing confidence in the financial 
reporting and operational controls of 
the business.
03 
REFINANCING
The Board reviewed and approved 
negotiations by management with  
the Group’s principal lender and  
the subsequent agreement put in 
place on 13 December 2024 for new 
facilities of the Group out to 2027.
A strong financing position is 
important for all stakeholders in 
allowing a business to meet its short-
term cash flow requirements as well as 
making the appropriate investments 
for the future of the business.
04 
STRATEGY
The Board continued to review with 
management the medium-term 
strategy of the business.
A clear strategy allows employees to 
align with the direction of the business 
and allows investors to understand 
the Group’s trajectory. 
SECTION 172 STATEMENT
OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
Overview
The Group operates in many jurisdictions throughout the world 
and at all times complies with regulation and legal requirements, 
engaging with both governmental, tax, and planning authorities.
In accordance with Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 the 
items listed demonstrate how the Board has fulfilled its duties.  
This provides a summary of the key stakeholders of the 
Group whom the Board considered and engaged with. Further 
information that demonstrates how the Directors have fulfilled 
their duties is shown within the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report. Any new member to the Board, as part of their induction, 
will receive training on the Section 172 statement and the Group’s 
risk framework along with all other aspects of the business.
The Board of INSPECS believes that it has acted and made decisions 
in a way considered most likely to promote the success of the Group 
for the benefits of its members by following the key priorities:
Key priorities for stakeholders:
	
‒ Clear strategy and reporting of performance against plan.
	
‒ Strong governance and controls to mitigate risk.
	
‒ Positive impact and responsible behaviour in the communities 
where we operate whilst minimising environmental impacts.
	
‒ Responsible employer, including pay and benefits, health and 
safety and the workplace environment.
	
‒ Consider the environment across the business, minimise 
pollution and waste and provide sustainable solutions.
Key considerations:
	
‒ The likely long-term consequences of any decision.
	
‒ The interests of the Group’s employees.
	
‒ The need to foster the Group’s business relationships with 
suppliers, customers and others.
	
‒ The impact of the Group’s operations on the community and 
the environment.
	
‒ The Group’s desire to maintain a reputation for business 
conduct of the highest standard.
	
‒ The need to act fairly between members of the Group.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
45
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
ENVIRONMENTAL, 
SOCIAL and  
GOVERNANCE
This report details our continued commitment to drive positive 
change through meaningful social and cultural initiatives, responsible 
governance, and a thoughtful approach to our environmental impact. 
Our focus on ESG is not just about meeting 
standards, it’s about empowering our colleagues, 
supporting our communities, and ensuring a lasting, 
positive impact for our operations. We believe that 
by upholding these values, we are contributing  
to a better future for everyone.
2024 has been a year focused on laying the 
foundations for the future. We are strengthening 
our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (‘DE&I') 
framework and enhancing our people plans 
to promote greater inclusion, foster a positive 
culture, and create new opportunities for growth. 
Our People team initiatives are complemented by 
the outstanding community engagement projects 
carried out across the Group this year.
Frameworks, like the Taskforce on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) and the 
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive 
(‘CSRD’), will continue to help us identify key 
vulnerabilities, assess potential opportunities, 
and adapt our business plans to ensure long-term 
resilience. 
As we refine our ESG Roadmap, we have transitioned 
from a carbon neutral goal to a 40% emission 
reduction target as part of our ongoing commitment 
to continuous improvement. The shift from a carbon-
neutral approach, which included the use of carbon 
offsets, to a direct emissions reduction target 
represents a more impactful strategy for addressing 
climate change. While carbon offsets were previously 
a key part of our carbon-neutral strategy, this new 
target ensures that our efforts are now focused on 
directly reducing emissions at the source. 
We have also reviewed our risk policies and 
procedures, and a new Group-wide risk process is 
currently under development.
ANGELA EMAN
GROUP ESG, COMPLIANCE AND RISK OFFICER

	
‒ Commitment to SECR reporting
	
‒ Tree planting project launched
	
‒ Energy efficiencies identified
	
‒ Electric cars introduced to UK fleet
	
‒ University placements and 
opportunities offered.
	
‒ Launched ESG platform 
to record data 
	
‒ Sustainable product development
	
‒ Transition to renewable 
energy procurement
	
‒ Establishment of ESG Committee 
	
‒ Completion of first TCFD workshop
	
‒ Improve water 
management systems 
	
‒ Launched community projects 
	
‒ Anti-bribery and corruption review
	
‒ Group Code of Conduct issued
	
‒ First TCFD analysis completed
	
‒ Recyclable packaging 
concepts developed
	
‒ Product carbon footprint analysis
	
‒ Business Continuity Plan review 
to include climate change
	
‒ Focus groups conducted
	
‒ TCFD Steering Group established 
	
‒ Volunteering projects rolled 
out across our UK, European, 
and US operations
	
‒ ESG workshops conducted 
at our Nuremberg office 
	
‒ Launch of supply chain 
due diligence platform
	
‒ Initiated limited assurance audit 
on 2023 emissions data
	
‒ New training platform launched 
at our UK operations
	
‒ Development of a new 
Group-wide risk process
2020
2023
2022
2024
2021
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
46
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
WHAT WE HAVE ACHIEVED SO FAR
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
47
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
PEOPLE
Our global organisation benefits 
from a workforce enriched by 
a variety of cultures, languages, 
and perspectives. We value the 
diverse experiences our team 
members bring to our operations 
worldwide, enhancing our ability 
to innovate and connect with the 
communities around us.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
48
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Our Commitment
Our Targets
We are committed to empowering our global 
teams by equipping them with tools for growth 
and providing management with the skills to 
foster a more inclusive workplace. To ensure 
equal opportunities for employment and 
progression, we will focus on building lifelong 
skills. Additionally, we will contribute to our 
local communities by donating our products, 
expertise, and time. Through active engagement 
with our teams, we strive to create a transparent 
and positive culture.
Skills Development: Deliver 12,500 hours of 
skills training and mentorship annually across 
all levels of the business, supporting both 
professional growth and personal development.
Community Engagement: Ensure that each of 
our major operations participates in at least one 
local community project every year, furthering 
our commitment to social responsibility.
Employee Engagement: Maximise employee 
engagement by facilitating focus groups and 
creating spaces for open dialogue, enabling 
us to continuously improve the workplace 
experience.
Community
Our role in the community remains important to 
us. We continue to foster strong partnerships 
with charities and non-profit organisations 
both in the UK and internationally, focusing on 
improving the health and wellbeing of people 
in local communities and beyond. We have 
been proud to support various initiatives in 
2024, including a Nuremberg food bank project 
at Eschenbach, Sight Support Southwest in 
collaboration with INSPECS Ltd, and a community 
food support initiative at Tura.
These efforts, as detailed in our case studies, 
demonstrate that dedicating time and support, 
no matter how small, can spark meaningful and 
lasting change.
Employee engagement
Our employees are our greatest asset, and 
their wellbeing and development are critical 
to our success. We have introduced several 
new initiatives to further enhance employee 
engagement and foster a more inclusive 
workplace. This includes the launch of 
programmes, such as diversity and inclusion 
training, mental health support, and social 
committees, all aimed at nurturing a supportive 
and empowering environment.
TURA
Tura is proud to continue its annual 
Christmas food drive, bringing employees 
together in support of those in need 
during the holiday season. Through 
generous donations of non-perishable 
items and fresh food, the initiative aims to 
provide local families with the resources 
they need to enjoy a festive meal.  
This initiative continues to foster 
employee engagement and contributes 
to local wellbeing, strengthening our 
Group commitment to community 
support and social responsibility.
ESCHENBACH
Eschenbach is dedicated to making a 
positive impact within its local community. 
In March 2024, it launched a new local 
food bank initiative called ‘Eschenbach 
Food Bank Day’. Each month, employees 
actively contribute to the Nürnberger 
Food Bank by volunteering. They provide 
essential logistical support and help 
deliver food to individuals and families 
facing food insecurity in the local area.
The Nürnberger Food Bank plays a 
crucial role in the community. Every day, 
perfectly edible food from local grocery 
stores and supermarkets goes to waste, 
while many in the area struggle to access 
enough food. The food bank helps bridge 
this gap by collecting surplus food and 
redistributing it to those in need.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
People

Board of Directors 
Gender diversity in senior management
Employee mix
Gender diversity in Management
<2 years services
19%
≥2 years services
81% 
Length of 
service
Production
 58%
Operational Sales
 24%
Administration
 18%
Category
<30 years
8%
30-50 years
64% 
>50 years
28% 
Age
Female
67%
Male
33%
Employee 
Diversity
Senior management is defined as any employee with the 
following job title; Director, President, Vice President, 
General Manager, Officer, or any employee considered to 
be a key strategic decision maker within the business.
Management is defined as any employee who 
reports directly to senior management and 
is responsible for overseeing specific teams, 
departments, or functions.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
People
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
49
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Diversity, equity and inclusion
In 2024, we expanded our efforts to foster a 
culture that is inclusive, equitable, and diverse. 
Our goal is to ensure that our team reflects the 
rich diversity of the communities we serve and 
that every individual is empowered to thrive.
Diversity for us encompasses gender, ethnicity, 
skills, experiences, abilities, and perspectives. 
As a Disability Confident employer at our UK 
head office, we are committed to creating a 
supportive and accessible environment for 
employees with disabilities across the Group. 
To further this goal, we have introduced training 
programmes that raise awareness of disability 
inclusion and equip employees with the tools to 
support their colleagues effectively.
Our focus on career progression ensures 
that pathways for growth are accessible to 
everyone. Through enrichment programmes 
designed to support personal and professional 
development, we aim to empower employees 
to realise their full potential. These initiatives 
align with our vision of fostering a culture of 
inclusivity and continuous growth.
As we move forward, we will continue to 
evaluate and refine our programmes to 
attract, nurture, and develop talent from all 
backgrounds, ensuring that every individual has 
the opportunity to contribute and succeed.
Employee analysis
Total
Female
Male
1
1
2024
2023
7
7
2024
2023
6
6
2024
2023
Female
Male
22%
18%
2024
2023
78%
82%
2024
2023
Total employees
Total
Female
Male
1,654
1,673
2024
2023
546
535
2024
2023
1,108
1,138
2024
2023
Female
Male
50%
52%
2024
2023
50%
48%
2024
2023
Health and safety
Maintaining a safe working environment with 
clear and robust safety standards remains 
a top priority for the Group. In 2024, we 
continued to take a proactive, best‑practice 
approach to ensure safety is embedded across 
all our global operations. We track and monitor 
health and safety performance, allowing us to 
swiftly identify potential risks and implement 
targeted improvement plans throughout  
the year.
Health and safety governance 
Health and safety is a standing item on 
our Board meeting agenda, reflecting the 
importance we place on protecting our people. 
In 2024, we had no major incidents at any 
of our sites. We recognise that continuous 
improvement is essential, and we have 
expanded our focus to include ‘near misses’ to 
be able to ensure we have captured all training 
opportunities.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
50
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
We all have a responsibility  
to protect our planet and  
as a responsible business,  
we recognise the urgent need  
to address climate change. 
We are committed to continuously evaluating our climate 
impact and exploring innovative solutions to reduce our 
carbon footprint. Building on our ongoing ESG efforts, we 
have now established a clear emissions reduction target 
and are working towards strengthening our commitment 
to reducing our environmental impact.
ENVIRONMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
Environment
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
51
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Our Commitment
Our Target
PLANET 
	
‒ We will collaborate closely with both internal teams and external partners to ensure the accuracy 
and transparency of our emissions data. This collaboration is essential for driving meaningful 
initiatives that effectively reduce our carbon footprint.
	
‒ We are committed to achieving a 40% (relative) reduction in emissions across our global 
operations by 2040 in Scope 1 and Scope 2 against our 2023 base year*, reinforcing our pledge 
to minimise our environmental impact and contribute to global sustainability goals.
PRODUCT 
	
‒ We will develop clear material design principles and foster innovation to expand our range of  
more sustainable materials and products.
	
‒ We will continually review our product offerings to ensure alignment with both our sustainability 
vision and our customers’ evolving expectations.
	
‒ By 2030, we will establish and distribute a materials and product hierarchy to guide our teams  
in designing and selecting more sustainable materials and products.
	
‒ 50% of our eyewear frames will be made from bio-based or recycled materials by 2030.  
This includes materials such as bio-acetate, recycled acetate, Acetate Renew, and recycled metals.
PACKAGING 
	
‒ We will develop packaging principles that prioritise the use of recyclable, reusable, biodegradable 
or bio-based materials. By improving our packaging designs, we aim to reduce waste and 
streamline our processes, creating a more responsible and sustainable packaging approach.
	
‒ By 2030, 100% of our packaging will be recyclable, reusable, biodegradable or from bio-based 
sources, reflecting our dedication to reducing packaging waste and environmental impact.
PROCUREMENT 
	
‒ We are dedicated to working exclusively with suppliers who adhere to rigorous social and 
environmental standards. We will engage our suppliers on key ESG issues, encouraging our first-
tier suppliers to cascade responsible business practices throughout their own supply chains.  
We will maintain participation of our Tier 1 suppliers in sharing their environmental and social 
impacts with us via collaborative platforms such as SEDEX and Amfori BSCI.
	
‒ Achieve Group-wide alignment of supplier agreements and contractual clauses related to ESG  
by 2030.
	
‒ Develop and implement a comprehensive Group Responsible Sourcing Code by 2030,  
ensuring our procurement processes align with our ESG values and commitments.
*	
We have set a relative emissions reduction target to reduce our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions intensity – measured as emissions per unit of revenue by 40% compared to our 2023 base year. The reductions will be assessed relative to revenue generated.  
Unlike absolute emissions reduction targets, which focus solely on reducing total emissions regardless of business growth, this target adjusts for changes in business activity. It ensures that our emissions are reduced in proportion to our growth. 
As we refine our ESG Roadmap, we have transitioned from a carbon neutral goal in 2023 to a 40% emissions reduction target in 2024. The shift from a carbon-neutral approach, which includes the use of 
carbon offsets, to a direct emissions reduction target represents a more impactful strategy for addressing climate change. While carbon offsets were a key part of our carbon-neutral strategy, this new target 
ensures that our efforts are now focused on directly reducing emissions at the source. We believe our emissions reduction target is achievable through a planned series of actions. The 2040 timeline allows us 
to implement any necessary changes across operations and processes, with sufficient time to integrate new low-carbon technologies and enhance efficiency.

Scope 1
Scope 3
Scope 2
Carbon emission by region (tCO2e)
UK
571
Europe
1,541
USA
604
Asia
2,999
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
52
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
The total consumption (kWh) figures for energy supplies are as follows:
Utility and scope
2024 
Consumption 
(kWh)
2023 
Consumption 
(kWh)
Gaseous and other fuels (Scope 1)*
1,116,256
1,070,092
Fleet transportation (Scope 1)**
4,409,585
5,398,451
Grid-supplied electricity (Scope 2)
6,137,583
5,674,469
Business transportation (Scope 3)**
998,062
361,647
Leased assets (Scope 3)***
1,357,541
1,582,378
Total
14,019,027
14,087,038
*	
Excludes refrigerants as the data cannot be converted to kWh.	
**	 Excludes non-car business travel as the data cannot be converted to kWh.	
***	Excludes water as the data cannot be converted to kWh.	
Emission Intensity Ratio: Analysis of Scope 1 and Scope 2 Emissions (2024 vs 2023)
Scope 1 and Scope 2 (location-based)
2024
2023
% change
Emissions per £1m turnover (tCO2e)
26.02
21.69
20.0
Emissions per full time equivalent employees (tCO2e)
3.12
2.64
19.3
Scope 1 and Scope 2 (market-based)
2024
2023
% change
Emissions per £1m turnover (tCO2e)
14.81
19.83
-25.3
Emissions per full time equivalent employees (tCO2e)
1.78
2.41
-25.7
Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions (tCO2e) 
This reporting period vs previous reporting period:
1,210
992
2024
2023
3,195
2,939
2024
2023
1,311
1,470
2024
2023
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
Environment
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) 
Greenhouse Gas emissions (tCO2e) and Consumption (kWh) Totals:
Global GHG Emissions Data
Unit
2024
2023
Scope 1
Combustion of fuel (stationary and mobile), 
process emissions and refrigerants
tCO2e
1,311
1,470
Scope 2
Electricity purchased and heat and steam 
generated for own use:
Location based
tCO2e
3,195
2,939
Market based
tCO2e
1,625
2,562
Scope 3
Business travel, water supply and treatment, 
transmission and distribution losses from purchased 
electricity, upstream leased assets
tCO2e
1,210
992
Total GHG emissions – location based
tCO2e
5,716
5,401
Total GHG emissions – market based
tCO2e
4,146
5,024
The location-based method reflects the average emissions intensity of grids on which energy consumption occurs 
(using mostly grid average emission factor data). The market-based method reflects emissions from electricity that 
companies have purposefully chosen, using source or supplier‑specific emission factor where available.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
Environment
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
53
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Methodology
We have calculated our 2024 carbon footprint 
using the fundamental principles of the GHG 
Protocol, which is the internationally recognised 
standard for corporate carbon reporting. We have 
used a bottom-up consumption/activity-based 
approach to calculate emissions across all our 
sites globally. We calculate our direct emission 
figures using actual consumption data from smart 
meters, accurate meter readings and invoicing. 
Where data was not available, electricity and water 
consumption were estimated using a kWh or cubic 
meter per full-time employee factor.
The emissions stated are for our global 
operations that span the UK, Europe, United 
States of America, and Asia. In compliance 
with SECR reporting, we also state our UK and 
offshore GHG emissions (location-based) and 
UK energy consumption. For 2024, our UK GHG 
emissions was 571 tCO2e and our UK energy 
consumption was 1,817,544 kWh.
In 2024, our Group saw a reduction in fleet 
vehicle emissions compared to 2023, driven 
by a decrease in petrol and diesel miles and an 
increase in electric and hybrid vehicle usage, 
leading to a decrease in Scope 1 emissions. 
Scope 2 location-based emissions increased 
due to higher electricity consumption, mainly 
from our new facility in Vietnam and increased 
energy use at our US and Chinese operations. 
However, Scope 2 market-based emissions 
decreased through the use of I-RECs certificates 
at our factories in Vietnam and China, offsetting 
part of these emissions. Scope 3 emissions 
rose compared to 2023, primarily due to higher 
personal car and flight travel, with improved 
reporting systems across several subsidiaries 
capturing more comprehensive travel data.
Carbon reduction interventions  
and energy efficiency
INSPECS Group is committed to enhancing 
operational energy efficiency and reducing 
our global carbon footprint. We have already 
implemented a variety of initiatives aimed 
at improving energy efficiency across our 
operations. These efforts include electrifying 
our UK fleet, installing electric vehicle charging 
points at our UK sites, and transitioning to 
renewable energy tariffs wherever possible.  
We remain dedicated to further reducing both  
our carbon footprint and energy consumption.
Actions taken through FY24 include:
	
‒ Site Optimisation: We have evaluated our 
global sites to identify opportunities for more 
efficient resource use, including consolidating 
and merging sites where needed to streamline 
our footprint and reduce both energy and 
resource consumption.
	
‒ Clear Carbon Reduction Targets: We have set 
measurable carbon reduction goals, to ensure 
continuous progress toward reducing our 
climate impact.
	
‒ Machinery and Equipment Upgrades: At our UK 
factory, we have upgraded our machinery and 
installed a new, more efficient boiler, to work 
towards improving energy performance.
UN Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDG)
We are proud that our ESG Roadmap and responsible 
business initiatives contribute to some of the UN’s Sustainable 
Development Goals, including but not limited to:
SDG 3: Promote Health and Wellbeing 
We partner with charities and organisations 
such as Vision Care for Homeless People, 
Sight Support West, and local food banks.  
Our efforts include product donations, 
technical support, and volunteering, all aimed 
at making a difference. We also focus on 
providing our customers with products that 
protect their vision and support their overall 
well-being. These efforts not only address 
immediate health needs but also support 
long-term well-being and opportunities for 
individuals and communities to thrive.
SDG 8: Decent Work and 
Economic Growth
Investment in employee training, skills 
development, and mentorship to create 
career advancement opportunities, 
supporting both individual growth and the 
sustained success of the business.
SDG 10: Reduced Inequality 
Fostering a more equitable workforce 
through a strategic focus on diversity, equity, 
and inclusion (DE&I). Key initiatives include 
achieving Disability Confident Employer 
status at our UK Head Office, conducting 
regular reviews of our pay structure to ensure 
fairness, ensuring inclusive hiring practices, 
and offering wellbeing support through 
Employee Assistance Programmes, Mental 
Health First Aiders, and other initiatives.
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption
Commitment to incorporating lower impact 
materials into our products and packaging by 
2030 to reduce our environmental footprint. 
SDG 13: Climate Action
Renewable energy tariffs, LED lighting 
installation, UK electric/hybrid car fleet and 
car charging points.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
54
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
GOVERNANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
Governance
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
55
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
We actively align with leading external disclosure 
frameworks, including the Global Reporting 
Initiative (‘GRI’), the Task Force on Climate‑related 
Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’), and the 
Streamlined Energy Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) 
Regulations, alongside our commitment to the 
UN Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’). 
As a global company, we regularly review and 
update our reporting practices to ensure 
alignment with evolving international standards. 
We continue to monitor emerging legislation 
across the regions in which we operate, such 
as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting 
Directive (‘CSRD’), to stay ahead of regulatory 
changes that could impact our business. 
Ethical conduct and corporate responsibility are 
fundamental to our business operations, and we 
are continuously seeking ways to strengthen and 
enhance our compliance culture.
As part of this policy, all employees will be 
required to participate in targeted anti-fraud 
training, which focuses on recognising fraud 
risks, understanding internal controls, and 
reporting potential fraud incidents.
Moving forward we are committed to continually 
improving both the training platform and reviewing 
our fraud policy and associated controls.
Business Continuity Plans
Our Business Continuity Plans are currently 
undergoing a comprehensive review, with testing 
scheduled for the first half of 2025. These plans 
will be regularly reviewed and tested across the 
Group, considering key insights from our climate 
risk analysis and wider TCFD work. This approach 
will further enhance our ability to adapt, maintain 
stability, and support our operations amid an 
evolving risk landscape. 
ESG Committee
The Board remains a pivotal force in guiding the 
Group’s ESG strategy and direction. The ESG 
Committee continues to play a critical role in 
overseeing our approach to ESG, focusing on:
	
‒ Developing and implementing ESG initiatives 
across the Group.
	
‒ Monitoring and reviewing our performance 
in relation to governance, reporting, 
and compliance.
	
‒ Advising on the most relevant and effective 
policies to ensure we meet or exceed 
legislative requirements.
	
‒ Approving projects and investments that align 
with our ESG Roadmap and contribute to the 
long-term sustainability of the business.
For more details on the ESG Committee’s role 
and recent activities, see page 88.
At the end of Q4 2024, the Group launched a 
new compliance training platform designed 
to enhance employee understanding of key 
topics such as fraud prevention and bribery 
and corruption, while further reinforcing our 
commitment to integrity and ethical business 
practices. The platform offers role-specific 
training modules and interactive content, 
creating a dynamic and engaging learning 
experience, ensuring our global team 
remain informed and equipped to manage 
compliance risks effectively. 
Alongside the training platform, the 
Group introduced a comprehensive Fraud 
Policy aimed at preventing, detecting, and 
addressing corporate fraud. This policy 
establishes a zero-tolerance approach to fraud, 
outlining clear procedures for identifying and 
reporting suspicious activities, and ensuring 
that all employees understand their roles in 
preventing and reporting fraud.  
Our CEO leads with vision and 
insight, driving progress in our 
Environmental, Social, and 
Governance (‘ESG’) agenda.
The CEO works closely with the Group ESG Compliance and Risk Officer  
and ESG Committee Chair to ensure that our ESG objectives are 
continuously reviewed and integrated into the broader business strategy. 
his close collaboration helps to reinforce our commitment to responsible 
growth while staying aligned with evolving global standards and 
stakeholder expectations.
Driving a culture of transparency
We are committed to fostering a culture of 
transparency and openness across the Group, 
where every employee is encouraged to ask 
questions and report any concerns in an 
environment that promotes accountability and 
trust. Through tools such as our Group Code 
of Conduct, confidential whistleblowing line, 
and focus groups, we continue to uphold our 
ESG principles while empowering employees 
to contribute to a positive, responsible 
corporate culture. 
In 2024, we continued to prioritise safety, with 
no major accidents reported across the Group. 
Our commitment to community support was 
demonstrated through initiatives like a food bank 
project at Eschenbach, Sight Support Southwest 
with INSPECS Ltd, and a local community food 
support programme at Tura. We are proud of 
the efforts of our teams and look forward to 
expanding our community initiatives in 2025. 
We took steps to enhance energy efficiency and 
reduce our carbon footprint and while electricity 
consumption rose due to the opening of our 
new Vietnam facility and increased usage at our 
Chinese and US operations, the purchase of 
I-RECs played a key role in lowering our market-
based emissions. We updated our roadmap 
to bring clarity and support to our long-term 
sustainability goals. In 2024, we completed 
11,386 training hours to advance knowledge 
and skills across the Group. In 2025 we plan to 
extend our new training platform to other areas 
of the Group, further supporting employee 
development and driving progress against 
our people-focused targets. As we look to the 
future, INSPECS remains dedicated to upholding 
responsible business practices and advancing 
our environmental, social, and governance 
efforts to drive meaningful impact.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
56
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
NON-FINANCIAL and 
SUSTAINABILITY  
INFORMATION 
STATEMENT 
Across our global operations, we generate greenhouse gas 
emissions that contribute to climate change. As part of our 
ongoing commitment to operating responsibly, we align 
with the mandatory climate-related financial disclosures 
for publicly quoted companies, large private companies 
and LLPs. We report on four thematic areas: Governance, 
Strategy, Risk Management, and Metrics and Targets. 

NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
57
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
This report describes our approach to scenario analysis and the principal climate risks and 
opportunities identified. By assessing and understanding the impact of climate risks and opportunities 
on our business strategy and financial planning, we aim to strengthen the resilience of our global 
operations to climate change.
Our TCFD progress so far: 
2022 
	
‒ Held our first TCFD workshop. 
	
‒ Began building our data framework with guidance from external 
advisers and the TCFD framework.
2023 
	
‒ Developed a financial risk outlook, incorporating climate change 
considerations.
2024 
	
‒ Advanced our ESG Roadmap, reflecting on TCFD principles.
	
‒ Enhanced our understanding of physical and transitional risks.
	
‒ Strengthened resilience planning and improved scenario analysis to 
better address future uncertainties.
Governance
The Group has established a clear governance structure to integrate ESG and climate-related 
risks into the decision-making processes. Roles and responsibilities are well defined, with active 
engagement from the Board.
BOARD
	
‒ Ultimately responsible for both risk management and ESG matters.
	
‒ Oversight of all Committees.
	
‒ Committee minutes are shared with the Board after each meeting.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
	
‒ Provides vision and insight along with keeping 
updated with activities discussed and  
matters arising.
GROUP ESG, COMPLIANCE 
AND RISK OFFICER
	
‒ Executive report for all Group ESG matters 
and attends Board meetings to keep the 
Board fully informed.
	
‒ Chair of TCFD Steering Group.
TCFD STEERING GROUP
	
‒ Meets quarterly to review progress.
	
‒ Includes representatives from Group Finance 
and Group ESG to ensure ESG considerations 
are being appropriately reviewed and 
considered within risk management and 
financial planning.
BOARD COMMITTEES
ESG COMMITTEE
	
‒ Regular meetings focusing on ESG goals, 
reporting data, and responsible ESG activity.
	
‒ Makes recommendations to the Board of all 
ESG matters.
	
‒ Review progress against ESG targets.
AUDIT AND  
RISK COMMITTEE
	
‒ Responsible for ensuring the effectiveness of 
the risk management process.
	
‒ Reviews risks and opportunities in line with 
any impact on financial statements.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
	
‒ May consider incorporating ESG metrics and 
targets into Executive Directors’ variable  
pay or bonus structures, where applicable. 
 

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
58
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
Board oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities
The Board is ultimately responsible for overseeing the Group’s overall risk management process 
and ESG strategy. Climate-related issues are communicated and addressed through the relevant 
Committees, such as the ESG, Audit & Risk, and Remuneration Committees. 
Further details on Committee membership and meeting attendance can be found in the respective 
Committee reports.
To further support the Board’s oversight of climate-related matters, feedback from the TCFD Steering 
Group and the Group ESG Compliance and Risk Officer is incorporated into the governance process. 
This ensures that any relevant climate-related risks and opportunities can be addressed within the 
Group’s overall strategy and financial planning. 
Management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities 
Richard Peck, the Group Chief Executive Office, meets with the Group ESG, Compliance and Risk 
Officer to stay informed on ESG matters, ensuring ongoing alignment with strategic initiatives and 
management priorities.
The senior teams around the Group are responsible for the day-to-day management of climate-
related risks and opportunities and support the development and implementation of climate-related 
plans. As part of our risk management process (see page 65), each company within the Group will 
conduct a twice yearly review of climate-related risks specific to their business. Any identified risks 
will be escalated through the appropriate risk management channels for further assessment and 
action if required.
The Group ESG Compliance and Risk Officer is the Executive Report for all ESG matters and 
is responsible for the development, execution, and monitoring of the ESG Roadmap, including 
climate‑related commitments and targets. 
In 2024, the TCFD Steering Group was established and is chaired by the Group ESG Compliance and 
Risk Officer. This group includes senior representatives from Group Finance and Group ESG and 
meets quarterly to review key climate-related issues and trends. The TCFD Steering Group ensures 
that climate considerations are integrated into financial planning and works with each Group entity to 
develop internal processes to strengthen climate-related financial risk integration. 
This governance structure ensures that our climate-related risks and opportunities are effectively 
managed and considered within the Group’s overall strategy and ESG Roadmap.
Risk management 
The identification, assessment and management of climate-related risks is integrated into our overall 
Group risk management process. A description of the Group risk management process can be found 
on pages 65 to 68.
At Board level, the Audit and Risk (‘A&R’) Committee is responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial 
reporting, risk management, and internal controls. Any risk with a material financial impact, including 
climate-related risks, will be reviewed with the A&R Committee and the Group’s Risk Management 
Committee (‘GRMC’).
The Group ESG and Finance team ensures that all climate-related risks and opportunities are reviewed 
in line with the financial planning process and considers the impact climate change could have on 
the Group’s operations and overall financial performance. The Group ESG Roadmap encompasses 
targets aimed at mitigating and adapting to climate change. The ESG Roadmap is considered by the 
management team and the appropriate costings, and any material financial impacts are considered in 
prospective financial information where necessary.
The GRMC meets with the A&R Committee to review various risks, including climate-related risks.  
This review is based on data from the Operational Risk Management Committee (OMC), which 
specifically assesses risks relevant to each local entity, market, and location.
Managing risk requires integrating a multidisciplinary, company‑wide risk identification, assessment, 
and management process. See page 66 for detailed information on the identification and assessment 
of risks, including climate risk.
Strategy
By exploring a range of potential climate scenarios, we are better positioned to identify key 
vulnerabilities, evaluate potential opportunities, and adjust our business plans accordingly to ensure 
long-term business resilience. The insights gained from our scenario analysis will help inform our 
climate-related risk management practices so we can build a more resilient strategy in the face of 
ongoing and future climate challenges.
As part of our scenario analysis, we assessed transition risks across the Group and focused on 
physical risks at our key revenue-generating sites, along with those associated with our primary 
suppliers and raw material sources. This approach enhances our understanding of climate impacts 
on operations and the supply chain. Our process will undergo regular reviews, incorporating external 
expertise to align with evolving scientific insights and support strategic planning.

NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
59
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Scenario analysis 
Management qualitatively assessed the potential impact that exposure to transitional and physical 
climate risks could have on the business and considered how various climate-related risks and 
opportunities may develop over time.
Table 4. The time horizons used in 2024 to identify when a risk or opportunity will have the 
most significant impact on the business:
Short term 
(1 – 2 years)
Aligned with our risk management and financial planning processes,  
resources for climate change mitigation and adaptation are incorporated  
into annual budgets.
Medium term 
(3 – 5 years)
We are taking action between now and 2030 to meet our Group ESG roadmap 
commitments and targets. Our Group strategy planning horizon is set at 3 years, 
focusing on achieving our business objectives in the medium term. 
Long term 
(5+ years)
Captures physical risks and opportunities over the long term, considering the 
lifespan of our assets in accordance with our accounting policies.
Table 5. The scenario warming pathways used in our climate scenario analysis in 2024:
CLIMATE SCENARIOS
2°C
Transition scenario describing the policy, technology and market shifts in 
the energy system needed to limit warming to 2°C.
4°C
A scenario that indicates a significant increase in global average 
temperatures, leading to severe environmental impacts, including more 
frequent extreme weather events, rising sea levels, and disruptions to 
ecosystems. This scenario poses substantial risks to human health, food 
security, and economic stability, necessitating urgent action to mitigate its 
effects and adapt to changing conditions.
To assess climate risks and opportunities, we used two scenarios that capture a broad range of 
future climate projections (2°C and 4°C scenarios), focusing on transition and physical risks and their 
implications for our operations and strategy. 
The analysis incorporated multiple timeframes (outlined in table 4) extending through 2050 to account 
for the expected lifespan of our assets in accordance with our accounting policies. The analysis 
considered transition risks to our global operations. For physical risks, we focused on nine key sites, 
selected based on their revenue significance, as well as our primary suppliers and key materials.  
This targeted approach ensures a thorough understanding of the key impacts which climate change 
may have on our operations and supply chain. 
While our scenario analysis for 2024 remains primarily qualitative, we have started incorporating 
quantitative elements into our internal models to better assess the materiality of various climate risks. 
Over the next few years, we aim to expand our financial analysis to provide a more detailed view of the 
costs and assumptions related to the physical and transitional impacts of climate change.
Given the inherent uncertainty in climate scenarios, we view them as illustrative tools for guiding 
internal discussions about potential risks and opportunities, rather than as definitive predictions. 
Our scenario analysis process is dynamic and will be regularly reviewed. We will seek external 
expertise where necessary to ensure our scenarios remain aligned with the latest scientific insights 
and continue to inform effective strategic planning. 
Principal climate-related risks and opportunities
We reviewed various climate-related risks and opportunities that could impact our global operations. 
Our analysis identified 4 principal risks and 2 principal opportunities that are shown in this report. 
The principal climate-related risks and opportunities are those with the greatest potential to impact 
the Company’s business model and strategy, either negatively or positively.
The tables on the following pages highlight the principal climate-related risks and opportunities 
identified from our analysis. 

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
60
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
Principal climate-related risks identified:
Type
Category
Risk 
Scenario
Time  
horizon
Impact description
Financial 
impact 
Mitigation/Response
Transition
Policy and 
Legal
Carbon Pricing 
Mechanisms
2°C
Medium-
term
Our operations are not currently subject to a direct 
carbon tax, however new or extended carbon taxes could 
increase costs for the Group, particularly under the 2°C 
scenario. These higher production costs may need to 
be absorbed or passed on to consumers, potentially 
affecting the value proposition of our products.
Increased 
tax 
expenses. 
In response to evolving regulations, we have set a 40% 
relative reduction target for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 
by 2040. Aligned with our Group ESG Roadmap, we will focus 
on reducing the environmental impact of our products and 
packaging. This will help mitigate risks from potential carbon 
taxes that could affect our supply chain.
Stricter global carbon taxation frameworks, such as 
Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanisms (‘CBAM’), 
could increase costs for purchased materials and 
supplier operations. Our suppliers may face higher 
costs due to new carbon tax schemes in their regions, 
which could be passed on to our Group. This may lead 
to higher raw material costs and production expenses, 
impacting profit margins and potentially reducing the 
competitiveness of our products in the market.
Increased 
product 
costs. 
We will continue to monitor the impact of carbon pricing 
on our business as we develop our ESG commitments and 
our Group strategy.
Transition
Market – 
consumer 
preferences
Changing 
consumer 
preferences 
and increased 
sensitivity to 
ESG issues.
2°C
Medium-
term
As consumers increasingly prioritise the 
environmental impact of products, failure to adapt  
our product mix could result in declining demand. 
Rising consumer demand for sustainable alternatives 
may lead to a shift in purchasing preferences, 
potentially causing a loss of business to our 
competitors. If the Group fails to effectively  
respond to these changes, it could negatively  
impact revenue and profitability.
Reduced 
revenue
The Group tracks customer trends and closely monitors 
competitors’ offerings.
The Group is well-positioned to meet changing consumer 
preferences by focusing on the development of products and 
packaging with a lower environmental impact. Aligned with 
our core ESG commitments and targets outlined in the Group 
ESG Roadmap, we are committed to offering environmentally 
responsible product solutions and packaging, in response to 
the growing demand for sustainable alternatives. 
Physical 
Acute 
Short-term 
disruption 
to output of 
production and 
activities due 
to increased 
severity of 
extreme weather 
events, such 
as cyclones, 
hurricanes, or 
floods. 
2°C & 4°C 
Medium 
to long 
term
Extreme weather events impacting our operational 
sites could lead to property damage, production 
downtime, site closures and increased commercial 
insurance premiums. Our analysis indicates that  
most of our key operational sites and physical assets 
are not highly exposed to physical climate risks up  
to 2050. 
Increased 
direct and 
indirect 
costs. 
Many of our owned and key operational sites are not highly 
exposed to climate risks. For our production operations 
in Vietnam, we will continually evaluate potential climate 
adaptation measures, considering the relevant regional risks.
Where possible, we aim to ensure we have multiple 
supplier sources. 
Operations and supply chains located in Southeast 
Asian countries are projected to be more significantly 
impacted by climate change over the long term. 
The number and intensity of extreme weather events 
such as storms and typhoons in this region have been 
increasing over recent years.
For key suppliers, we will monitor the impacts and engage 
in discussions to assess risks and mitigation.
We maintain insurance coverage at our sites, including 
factories, which covers flood damage.
Regional dispersion of our global offices, warehouses and 
factories avoids a ‘single point of failure’.

NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
61
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Type
Category
Risk 
Scenario
Time  
horizon
Impact description
Financial 
impact 
Mitigation/Response
Physical 
Chronic 
Longer-term 
climate shifts, 
including rising 
temperatures, 
gradual changes 
in weather 
patterns, and 
rising sea levels, 
are expected to 
impact our sites, 
transportation 
networks, 
and supplier 
locations.
 4°C 
Long-
term
Rising sea levels may cause damage to ports along 
key supply chain routes, resulting in delays and 
increased costs for the Group.
Increased 
direct and 
indirect 
costs.
We have established relationships with multiple transport 
providers across different regions and we will leverage 
multi-modal transport solutions where possible. 
Suppliers in regions vulnerable to long-term  
sea-level rise may face risks such as asset damage, 
operational disruptions, production downtime, 
and potential site closures due to storm surges 
and flooding. These impacts could lead to higher 
insurance premiums and result in delays to supply 
chain operations, along with increased costs for 
remediation, recovery, and risk management.
Strategic supplier partnerships that enable us to monitor 
physical risks for long-term impact. We will work with our 
key suppliers to explore adaptation measures and we will 
consider switching to suppliers with a lower risk profile 
where necessary. 
Rising mean temperatures due to climate change 
are expected to impact all of our sites, leading to 
higher demand for cooling systems, increased energy 
consumption, and associated costs, which may 
hinder our progress toward carbon reduction targets. 
Additionally, elevated temperatures could affect 
workforce productivity and pose health and safety 
risks, especially for vulnerable staff members.
Some of our sites are leased, providing the flexibility 
to relocate if necessary. We also have flexible 
working arrangements in place to adapt to changing 
circumstances. Additionally, we have built extra capacity 
at some of our manufacturing sites to ensure operational 
continuity in the face of potential disruptions.
We will explore the option of holding additional buffer 
stocks in locations that are less vulnerable to climate-
related risks.
We will continue to invest in efficient cooling systems as 
required and adjust working hours as required.
Principal climate-related opportunities identified: 
Type
Category
Opportunity
Scenario
Time  
horizon
Impact description
Financial  
impact 
Mitigation/Response
Opportunity 
Market- 
consumer 
preference
Responding to 
shifting consumer 
preferences by offering 
lower environmental 
impact products and 
packaging.
2°C
Medium 
term
Aligning product offerings with climate-conscious 
values may enable us to access new markets, 
enhance customer loyalty, and differentiate 
from competitors.
Increased 
revenue
As part of our ESG Roadmap, we have 
established medium-term targets (through 
to 2030) to reduce the climate impact of our 
products and packaging, while also adapting 
to evolving consumer preferences for more 
sustainable options.
Opportunity 
Physical 
– higher 
temperatures
Increased temperatures 
could lead to increased 
consumer demand for 
UV protective products 
such as sunglasses
4°C
Long term
Our sunglasses could see increased interest, particularly 
in regions with more intense sunlight, as consumers 
become more focused on eye health. With higher usage, 
there may be a shift towards eyewear that offers both 
practicality and style, potentially leading consumers to 
purchase multiple pairs for various occasions.
Increased 
revenue
We will continue to monitor market trends 
and respond accordingly.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
62
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
Climate change impact on our business and strategy
Sustainability is an important consideration for the Group and is reflected in our three‑year strategic 
plans on page 21. Our Group ESG Roadmap outlines our primary pathway for responding to the 
climate transition which includes our commitment to reducing our operational carbon emissions 
and reducing the environmental footprint of our products and packaging. The impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities identified have been considered in the context of our commitments 
and targets to ensure continued alignment and we will remain responsive to new information and 
developments in the external environment. 
Climate change impact on financial planning 
Our financial planning is aligned with the Group’s strategic vision, integrating key revenue and cost 
assumptions while considering climate change-related risks and opportunities. In collaboration with 
our global teams, we identify climate-related expenses and investments aimed at mitigating climate 
risks and realising opportunities. These are then incorporated into our financial planning process and 
regularly reviewed. 
Short-term outlook
In the short term, we do not foresee any material financial risks related to climate change affecting 
our business model. However, we continue to assess potential regulatory and market changes, such 
as carbon pricing mechanisms, that could have an impact on future operating costs. Investments in 
energy efficiency and emissions reduction initiatives are not forecast to have a material impact on the 
short‑term outlook.
Medium-term outlook
In line with the 2030 Group Roadmap targets, we are analysing the medium-term financial implications 
of climate-related initiatives, including projected expenditures. We acknowledge that some aspects of 
the ESG roadmap may result in incremental costs over the next 3-5 years. We are collaborating closely 
with our global teams to precisely quantify these costs. These expenditures will undergo a thorough 
assessment, and capital allocation will be prioritised based on alignment with our ESG Roadmap 
and overall business impact. 
Long-term outlook
Our long-term financial outlook remains less defined due to uncertainties such as market fluctuations, 
regulatory changes, and evolving carbon taxation mechanisms. While we continue to focus on 
credible solutions to meet our carbon reduction goals, we recognise the need for greater clarity in 
long-term projections. We are committed to enhancing disclosures to provide stakeholders with 
transparent insights and ensure our strategy is adaptable to future developments.
During the year we have assessed assets for any indicators of impairment based on current climate 
projections. It is considered that our current view on climate-related physical risks does not lead to 
any obsolete, impaired or damaged assets, nor materially change the way in which an asset is used. 
All our sites are covered by property and contents insurance, which mitigates the risk of impairment 
for any key assets.
Climate resilience 
The Group aims to address both transition and physical risks through ongoing monitoring, strategic 
planning, and the integration of sustainability into our Group strategy and ESG Roadmap. Our carbon 
reduction commitments and sustainable product and packaging targets support our transition to a 
low-carbon economy.
We have assessed our resilience under 2°C and 4°C climate scenarios and considered our ability to 
manage climate risks while positioning the Group for long-term growth. 
We recognise that there may be a need for adaptation measures in response to physical climate risks, 
particularly in high-risk regions and within any vulnerable areas of our supply chain. These will be 
identified and assessed through detailed quantitative scenario analyses over the coming years.  
We will regularly update our scenario analysis to reflect the latest scenario data and expand its scope 
as needed, if relevant and material to our business. 
We have considered the transitional and physical risks and opportunities presented by climate 
change and continue to integrate climate‑related issues into our strategy. During our 2024 review, 
we updated our Group ESG Roadmap to encompass a new carbon reduction target, ensuring more 
direct and decisive action against climate change. See page 51 for further details. This new target will 
be supported by various initiatives, including the electrification of our German fleet vehicles, energy 
efficiency improvements at our facilities, and the future adoption of renewable energy at our factories 
in China and Vietnam. In the short term, we may purchase Renewable Energy Certificates (‘RECs’) 
to offset emissions at these locations until local renewable energy solutions or on-site renewable 
projects are available. We continue to focus on transitioning to product and packaging materials  
that have lower environmental impact. These strategic commitments and targets focus on managing 
the risks and leveraging the opportunities presented by the transition to a low-carbon economy. 
Further information on our Group ESG Roadmap, commitments and targets can be found on page 51. 
Metrics and targets 
We are committed to reducing our emissions footprint and minimising the environmental impact of 
our operations. To support this commitment, we have established clear metrics and targets to assess 
and manage climate-related risks and opportunities. The metrics and targets we have established 
allow us to effectively measure, monitor, and report the impacts of climate-related factors, driving 
performance and ensuring alignment with our strategic vision. Pages 51 to 53 outline our Group ESG 
Roadmap and ESG initiatives supporting the progress of our metrics and targets. 

NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
63
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Metrics 
Metrics used to monitor our climate-related physical and transition risks:
TCFD metric category
Metrics
2024 Figures
TRANSITION – POLICY AND 
LEGAL INCLUDING CARBON 
TAXATION
Total GHG emissions by Scope 1, 
2 & 3 (business travel, upstream 
leased assets, transmission and 
distribution losses, and water) 
and emissions intensity ratios 
(Scope 1 & 2).
Total (location-based) – 
5716 tCO2e. 
Total (market-based) – 
4146 tCO2e. 
Emissions per £1m turnover: 
26.02 tCO2e
Emissions per full‑time equivalent 
employees: 3.12 tCO2e
For our second year of TCFD reporting, we have maintained our focus on disclosing climate-
related metrics related to our global GHG emissions. More information on our GHG emissions and 
methodology can be found on pages 52 and 53. 
Our TCFD Steering Group will continue to work closely with our global teams to expand our climate-
related disclosures, including metrics and targets. We aim to incorporate product- and packaging-
linked metrics in future reports.
We do not currently use an internal carbon price, but we may consider investigating its potential 
application to our business in the future.
Integrating ESG metrics in remuneration 
We do not currently incorporate ESG metrics in executive remuneration, however, the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee will consider linking executive remuneration to performance against ESG 
objectives and efforts to address climate change in the future.
Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions and the related risks
Since 2020, we have focused on building a solid foundation for measuring our global carbon 
emissions, developing internal frameworks and working with carbon consultants to ensure 
transparency, auditability, and consistency. You can find detailed GHG emissions data, including 
disclosure across Scopes 1, 2 and selected Scope 3 disclosure on page 52. 
We recognise that Scope 3 emissions, particularly those from purchased goods and services and 
transportation, represent a significant portion of our overall carbon footprint. As many of these 
emissions fall outside of our direct control, collecting accurate data and ensuring consistency has 
been a challenge to date. Addressing this issue requires close collaboration with our suppliers and 
other external partners. Over the coming years, we will continue to work alongside our global teams 
to identify the most effective methods for tracking additional Scope 3 emissions data, ensuring 
transparency, traceability, and auditability. We will explore various data capture methodologies and 
encourage our suppliers to develop their own GHG inventories, enabling the efficient capture and 
monitoring of indirect emissions throughout the supply chain and with third-party vendors across our 
global Group.
To further advance our understanding of emissions in our value chain, we have begun conducting 
product carbon footprint analysis. We are also collaborating with external experts to develop systems 
and reporting structures that will allow us to capture and track material Scope 3 emissions sources 
effectively. We aim to apply best practices and enable a comprehensive assessment of our material 
emission sources, driving meaningful progress towards our climate-related goals. 
Climate-related targets
As detailed on pages 51 to 53 of our ESG section, we have developed and progressed our ESG 
Roadmap, primarily committing to reducing our impact on the environment and preparing the 
business for the shift to a lower‑carbon economy through the development of innovative, lower-
impact products and sustainable packaging solutions. 
As we continue to review and refine our ESG Roadmap, we are placing a greater focus on emission 
reduction rather than off-setting. In line with our commitment to continuous improvement, we have 
now established a clear emissions reduction target. Our updated target is a 40% relative reduction in 
emissions across our global operations (Scope 1 and Scope 2) by 2040, compared to our 2023 base 
year, replacing our previous target of achieving a carbon-neutral operational footprint by 2030.
Given our Group’s global operations, staying informed on global regulatory developments and aligning 
with evolving sustainability legislation is essential to ensure compliance and drive consistent progress 
across all our operations.
Targets used to manage climate-related risks and opportunities, and key performance indicators to 
measure progress against these targets, are shown in the table on the next page.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
64
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
Targets and Key Performance Indicators (‘KPIs’)
Target
KPIs
Summary and Progress Update
Linkage to climate risk/opportunity
40% (relative) reduction in emissions 
across our global operations by 2040  
in Scope 1 & Scope 2 against our 2023 
base year 
Change in relative emissions (Scope 1 and 
Scope 2) (market-based) compared to our 
2023 base year.*
Change in relative emissions (Scope 1 and 
Scope 2) (market-based) per £1 Million turnover: 
Reduction of 25.3%
Initiatives in place:
Site consolidation – streamline operational 
offices where possible.
Machinery and equipment upgrades at our 
factories to improve efficiency.
Renewable electricity at Vietnamese and Chinese 
factories (‘RECS’).
Work undertaken to further our plans for 50% of 
our German car fleet to be electric.
Impact of Carbon Pricing Mechanisms.
50% of our eyewear frames will be made 
from bio-based or recycled materials 
by 2030. This includes materials such as 
bio-acetate, recycled acetate, Acetate 
Renew, and recycled metals
Percentage of eyewear frames made from  
bio-based or recycled materials such as  
bio-acetate, recycled acetate, Acetate Renew,  
and recycled metals.
We are currently in the process of quantifying 
our progress against this KPI with the aim of 
reporting against this KPI in 2025.
Impact of market and consumer preferences.
100% of our packaging to be recyclable, 
reusable, biodegradable or from bio-
based sources by 2030
Percentage of product packaging that is 
recyclable, reusable, biodegradable or from  
bio-based sources. 
We are currently in the process of quantifying 
our progress against this KPI with the aim of 
reporting against this KPI in 2025.
Impact of Carbon Pricing Mechanisms, and 
impact of market and consumer preferences.
*	
This KPI tracks the reduction in emissions (Scope 1 and Scope 2) relative to £1 million turnover using the market-based method. The market-based method reflects emissions reductions achieved through the procurement of renewable energy, renewable energy 
certificates (RECs), and other contractual instruments that influence the emissions associated with electricity consumption. This approach accounts for emissions based on the specific energy supply contracts in place across the Group, rather than the average 
emissions intensity of the local electricity grid. Tracking this KPI enables the company to monitor progress towards the goal of achieving a 40% relative reduction in emissions across global operations by 2040.
Our approach to climate-related risks and opportunities is integrated into our overall business strategy see page 21, ensuring that we are well-positioned to navigate the evolving landscape of climate 
change. Through ongoing assessment and collaboration across our global teams, we aim to mitigate risks, leverage opportunities, and drive long-term sustainable growth. We are committed to enhancing our 
disclosures over the coming years, providing our stakeholders with insights into the financial implications of climate change, and continuously adapting our strategy to meet the challenges and opportunities 
of the low-carbon economy.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
65
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
RISK MANAGEMENT
The BOARD has 
OVERALL 
RESPONSIBILITY 
for RISK 
MANAGEMENT
Our effective risk management framework ensures we 
have a structured approach to the delivery of our strategic 
objectives for our long-term growth and shareholder value.

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
66
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
With increasing complex global economic, 
geopolitical, and environmental challenges our 
risk framework looks to address this changing 
landscape and provide mitigation solutions.
Our Audit and Risk Committee (ARC) reviews and 
identifies risks in our operations and ensures 
we are not exposed to unnecessary or poorly 
managed risks. The ARC is made up of three 
Non-Executive Directors, Christopher Hancock 
(Chair), Shaun Smith and Hugo Adams.
Through our framework we identify material 
risks that may lead to a threat to our business. 
Each entity is accountable for identifying, 
evaluating, and managing their risks, and as such 
each Group division has an Operational Risk 
Management Committee (OMC) formed with 
senior members of the entity and led by the MD/
CEO. The OMC is responsible for identifying new 
risks and implementing controls and processes 
across their area of the business.
The OMC reviews the risk framework at least 
twice a year and reports into the Group’s Risk 
Management Committee (GRMC), which is 
headed by the Chief Treasury Officer the Group 
ESG, Compliance and Risk Officer and the Head 
of Internal Control and calls on both internal and 
external experts. The GRMC then reports to the 
Audit and Risk Committee and feeds back to the 
OMCs as appropriate.
We continually look to improve our risk 
management process to ensure the quality of our 
risk review and our ability to respond quickly to 
changes and direct risks. 
In 2024 we have extended the use of a functional 
Risk Management system to all entities to record 
the opportunities and risks in our business 
following an interview process completed 
by the Head of Internal controls. This system 
has been running in one of our key entities for 
several years to help us refine our requirements. 
The system allows us to identify and prioritise 
risks qualitatively based on a relevance scale 
and quantify requirement scenarios using risk 
allocation functions and the corresponding 
probability of occurrence. The consolidated 
report is reviewed by the GRMC and the Audit 
and Risk Committee. 
This system makes it easier to monitor our risks 
and their movement over time. As part of our risk 
process the Audit and Risk Committee and the 
OMCs are responsible for keeping up to date with 
regulatory changes. 
Our internal risk framework covers production, 
sales, environmental and social risks, 
governance, finance, IT, economic and 
political issues.
As part of our ongoing risk management 
process, we have updated our risk register by 
identifying new risks and removing those no 
longer applicable. Despite these adjustments, 
we remain committed to actively monitoring all 
identified risks to ensure effective management 
and mitigation. The Group Risk Management 
Committee (GRMC) has reviewed Climate 
Risk and determined that it does not pose a 
significant near-term threat, though we continue 
to monitor it closely. Further details can be found 
in the TCFD framework on pages 56 to 64.
Health, Safety, and HR matters remain a priority 
for the Group and are a standing agenda item at 
each Board meeting. Due to the effectiveness of 
our existing controls, these issues are no longer 
considered principal risks to the business. 
Historically, supply chain risk has been well-
mitigated and not a significant factor in our 
risk assessments. However, as we transition 
towards increased central procurement to 
enhance quality control, efficiency, and long-
term resilience, we recognise that this strategic 
shift introduces new complexities in supply 
chain management. While this presents an area 
of focus, we are implementing robust measures 
to ensure a smooth transition, maintaining our 
commitment to operational excellence and 
sustainable growth. As a result, we have included 
supply chain risk in this year’s external risk 
register to reflect this strategic shift and ensure 
continued proactive management.
Changes in purchasing and retail trends has 
been added to reflect the evolving dynamics 
in consumer behaviour, particularly the shift 
towards online sales. By proactively addressing 
these changes, we aim to ensure that our 
business remains agile and well-positioned 
to sustain growth and profitability in a rapidly 
changing market environment.
The GRMC has also examined the rise of AI  
as both a potential risk and an opportunity.  
While AI is not currently considered a high 
residual risk, the company will continue to  
assess its implications – both within our 
operations and in the broader market.
On the following pages, we outline the principal 
risks facing the Group, which may have a material 
operational and/or financial impact. Through our 
internal risk framework, we have identified key 
risks with the greatest potential near-term impact.
RISK MANAGEMENT

RISK MANAGEMENT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
67
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Principal risks
Increasing
Decreasing
Stable
Residual risk movement (remaining risk after mitigations) within the year:
Group risk event
Context and potential impact
Mitigation
Residual risk
CUSTOMER 
CONSOLIDATION
The continuing consolidation of customers could lead to a 
reduction in our market share This has potential to negatively 
impact our business, and we could see a reduction in revenue 
and EBITDA due to loss of key customers and access to key 
distribution channels.
Our diverse customer base ensures that no single customer accounts for 
more than 10% of total revenue. We continue to deliver a strong portfolio 
of products, innovations, and both licensed and proprietary brands.  
By maintaining strong customer relationships, we stay attuned to evolving 
demands and needs, ensuring our offerings remain relevant and engaging.
COMPETITOR RISK
Competitor risk stems from the presence of existing and 
emerging market players who may offer similar products at 
competitive prices, invest in innovation, or adopt aggressive 
marketing strategies. This can impact the Group’s market 
share, pricing power, and overall profitability.
To mitigate this risk, we focus on continuous innovation, strong brand 
positioning, and maintaining strong customer relationships. The Group’s 
business model encompasses design, frame production, low vision aids, 
lens manufacturing, sales, marketing, and distribution, offering a one stop 
shop to customers.
CHANGING 
PURCHASING AND 
RETAIL TRENDS
Changing trends in areas such as online sales and own brand 
products could lead to a reduction in revenue and EBITDA.
The Group is well-positioned to swiftly adapt to evolving market demands. 
With our in-house design and manufacturing capabilities, we offer 
comprehensive solutions tailored to changing customer needs.
MACROECONOMIC 
RISK
Significant geopolitical events continue to impact the 
economies of certain key markets. Inflation rates and interest 
rates have fallen through 2024 but still exhibit a range of 
stability and volatility across different regions. Adverse 
movements in exchange rates could give rise to negative 
financial exposure. Economic forces may lead to reduced 
customer demand. Foreign exchange fluctuations could 
increase costs and increase the debt position. These may lead 
to the Group having insufficient liquidity and not being able to 
meet our obligations as they fall due. 
The threat of increasing US tariffs can have wide-ranging 
economic and geopolitical consequences such as 
higher consumer pricing, retaliatory trade wars & slower 
economic growth.
The Group constantly monitors and forecasts cashflow and trades in 
multiple currencies thereby offsetting some of the effects of movement 
in currency. Bank covenant tests are monitored by the Board monthly and 
reported to the bank on a quarterly basis. The Group maintains multiple 
regional supply chains alongside established multi-channel revenue 
streams. We provide a comprehensive range of products from value to 
premium, across the optical, sunglasses, and low vision aid markets, 
ensuring a diversified portfolio that mitigates the risk of fluctuating 
customer demand.
Our production footprint remains centred in China and Vietnam and  
we anticipate elevated tariffs are likely to persist in the near term.  
To help mitigate the expected cost increase we can accelerate initiatives 
to streamline operations across our supply chain and selectively pass 
through cost increases to preserve margins across key markets.
NEW

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
68
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
RISK MANAGEMENT
Increasing
Decreasing
Stable
NEW
Residual risk movement (remaining risk after mitigations) within the year:
Group risk event 
Context and potential impact
Mitigation
Residual risk
CYBER RISK
Harm could be brought to the Group via an unauthorised 
access, corruption, or destruction of data and/or ransomware 
causing inability to access systems or loss of data leading to a 
potential loss of revenue.
We are continually reviewing and assessing our cyber security protocols 
and tool sets across the Group to ensure we stay up to date with the 
evolving global threat. Cyber risk insurance is held in all our Group entities 
and investment has been made into new technologies, particularly 
AI based solutions which has increased our security responses and 
efficiency. Multiple cyber security accreditations are ongoing and 
all employees in our office sites receive regular security awareness 
training and testing. While security controls are improving, the overall 
cybersecurity risk continues to rise due to the growing attack surface, 
evolving threats, and financial incentives for criminals.
SUPPLY CHAIN
Disruption to the supply chain could cause delays in delivery, 
poor or inconsistent quality of product or resourcing of product. 
This can lead to delays or reductions in Revenue.
The Group maintains a diverse supplier base and has expanded its internal 
production capacity for frames through its own factories, including 
enhanced capabilities at its new Vietnamese facility. This reduces reliance 
on any single supplier while allowing greater control over manufacturing. 
Rigorous quality control measures ensure that customers consistently 
receive high-quality products.
PEOPLE
An inability to attract and retain skills required to effectively 
operate could threaten the delivery of our strategy and may 
impact our intended growth.
We review succession planning with the senior management team, 
the OMCs and with the Board. The senior team are part of a long-term 
incentive scheme to maximise retention, and our Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee seeks to ensure rewards are commensurate with 
performance.
Principal risks

GOVERNANCE
70	 Corporate Governance statement
72	 How the Board operates 
80	 Audit and Risk Committee Report
84	 Remuneration and Nomination  
Committee Report
88	 Environmental, Social and  
Governance Committee Report
90	 Directors’ Report 
93	 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
69
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
DRIVING 
LONG-TERM 
VALUE
Strong corporate governance is the foundation of 
our business. It provides the structure and discipline 
necessary for transparency, accountability, and ethical 
decision‑making, ensuring we operate with integrity 
and resilience. By maintaining the highest governance 
standards, we safeguard stakeholder trust, mitigate risk, 
and create sustainable value for the long term.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
70
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Dear stakeholders,
I am pleased to present the 2024 
Corporate Governance Report, which 
should be read alongside our disclosures 
on pages 78 and 79, detailing our 
compliance with the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code.
As I outlined in my report on pages 8 
and 9, 2024 was a year of disciplined 
execution and operational efficiency. 
Despite macroeconomic challenges, 
including rising costs and wage inflation, 
we remained focused on optimising 
performance, strengthening governance, 
and driving long-term value creation.
Governance: the foundation  
of our success
The Board firmly believes that strong corporate 
governance is not simply a regulatory obligation 
– it is the cornerstone of strategic execution 
and business resilience. As Chairman, my 
responsibility has been to build and lead an 
effective Board, ensuring we meet the highest 
governance standards while advancing the 
Group’s long-term objectives. 
With considerable industry experience between 
our CEO Richard Peck and myself, I have decided 
to focus on Executive duties and therefore 
we are in the process of searching for a new 
Non-Executive Chair. Alongside a focused and 
driven senior and mid management team, we are 
well-equipped to navigate complexity, drive cost 
efficiencies, and execute on our strategic vision.
We recognise that strong leadership requires 
independent and experienced perspectives. 
Our Board includes dedicated Non-Executive 
Directors, providing objective oversight, strategic 
guidance, and accountability at every level.
We are equally committed to ensuring that our 
long-term ambitions are achieved responsibly. 
Our growth must not come at the expense 
of the environment or the stakeholders 
with whom we engage. We are dedicated to 
delivering sustainable value while minimising 
our environmental footprint and upholding 
our social responsibilities.
Engaging with our stakeholders
Stakeholder engagement is integral to how 
we operate. We understand that our success 
depends on fostering strong relationships built 
on trust, transparency, and shared value creation.
	
‒ 	Our Executive Team has actively engaged with 
shareholders, conducting a comprehensive 
investor relations programme.
	
‒ 	Our Non-Executive Directors maintain 
open channels of communication with 
auditors, our Nominated Adviser (‘NOMAD’), 
and corporate advisers, reinforcing 
accountability and oversight.
	
‒ 	The Board carefully considers the impact of 
strategic decisions on customers, suppliers, 
employees, and the broader community.
	
‒ 	Recognising that culture is a key driver of 
sustainable growth, our Non-Executive 
Directors have conducted site visits across 
the Group, engaging with local management to 
ensure alignment with our strategic priorities.
Looking ahead: a clear vision for 2025
Following a resilient performance in 2024, 
the Board remains focused on strengthening 
strategic execution and positioning the Group 
for long-term growth in 2025. While market 
conditions presented challenges, we maintained 
stability and operational discipline, ensuring a 
strong foundation for future progress.  
Risk management remains a key priority, and 
we are committed to continually refining our 
frameworks to navigate an evolving economic 
landscape with agility and confidence.
Our priorities are clear:
	
‒ 	Delivering sustainable, long-term value for 
shareholders
	
‒ 	Upholding the highest standards of 
governance and responsibility
	
‒ 	Strengthening operational efficiency across  
all levels of the organisation
	
‒ 	Fostering a business culture that supports 
innovation, accountability, and stakeholder 
engagement
At the Board level, we remain dedicated to 
continuous improvement, regularly assessing our 
effectiveness and implementing enhancements 
to ensure we remain agile, forward-thinking, and 
well-positioned for future success.
—
Robin Totterman
Executive Chairman
14 April 2025
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
71
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

ROBIN 
TOTTERMAN
CHAIRMAN
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
RICHARD 
PECK
GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER  
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
CHRIS 
KAY
GROUP CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER  
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
CHRISTOPHER 
HANCOCK FCA
INDEPENDENT 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Tenure
Robin has been a Board member since founding 
INSPECS in 1988. On 20 December 2024, Robin 
announced his intention to step down as Executive 
Chairman at the next AGM, but will remain as Chair 
until a successor is found. He intends to remain an 
Executive Director of the Group.
Skills, competence & experience
Robin Totterman is an entrepreneur and forerunner in 
the branded eyewear industry with over 35 years of 
experience in eyewear licensing, design, manufacture 
and wholesale. Robin’s passion for design and fashion 
brought the first branded eyewear to the UK optical 
market. His ability to recognise value and seize 
opportunity saw him complete the acquisition of 
Killine in 2017, creating a vertically integrated Group 
rivalled by only a small number of eyewear firms. 
Prior to INSPECS, Robin worked at UBS and  
Banque Paribas.
Tenure
Richard has served as a Board  
member since 10 January 2020.
Skills, competence & experience
Richard Peck has over 40 years of optical 
experience. Richard brings a wealth of experience 
from working in other leading eyewear companies, 
such as David Clulow and Luxottica, where he held 
the position of Managing Director Retail Northern 
Europe between 2010 and 2018. Richard’s retail 
background increases the Board’s diversity of skills, 
knowledge and experience.
Tenure
Chris has been involved with INSPECS since it was 
founded in 1988 and has served as a Board member 
since 13 November 2013. On 10 April 2025, Chris 
announced he will not stand for re-election at the 
next AGM, but will remain as CFO until a successor 
has been appointed.
Skills, competence & experience
Chris Kay is a qualified chartered accountant.  
He has been a partner of Thorne Lancaster Parker, 
a UK accountancy and taxation firm, since 1992. 
He became Finance Director of INSPECS in 2013 
and works closely with Richard Peck and Robin 
Totterman on strategy for the Group. Chris’s 
business development and M&A experience was 
pivotal to the execution and integration of INSPECS’ 
Killine Group acquisition in 2017 and further 
acquisitions since IPO in February 2020.
Tenure
Christopher has served as a Board  
member since 8 March 2017.
Skills, competence & experience
Christopher Hancock FCA has over 30 years of 
experience in business development, restructuring 
and corporate finance. Christopher qualified as a 
chartered accountant with Arthur Andersen before 
entering investment banking, where he spent 10 
years with JP Morgan. He established his own 
consultancy practice in 2009 and co-founded an 
FCA regulated corporate finance and investment 
management firm in 2012. Christopher brings a 
broad range of experience in business development, 
M&A and corporate finance in public markets.
HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
Board of Directors
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
72
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Female
14%
Male
86%
Board 
Diversity 
2024
Board of Directors gender diversity
35+ years
28.5%
4+ years
43%
2+ years
28.5%
Length of 
service
ANGELA 
FARRUGIA
INDEPENDENT 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
SHAUN 
SMITH
INDEPENDENT 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
HUGO 
ADAMS
INDEPENDENT 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Tenure
Angela was appointed as a member  
of the Board on 12 May 2020.
Skills, competence & experience
Founder of one of the most successful brand 
management companies in the world, Angela formed 
TLC (The Licensing Company Ltd) in London in 
1996. Creating a new breed of agency, the business 
grew to encompass 24 offices in 16 countries and 
amassed a roster of leading brand representations 
in various sectors, generating over $12.4bn in retail 
sales annually for its clients. In addition, she has 
22 years of operating experience gained within a 
challenging international business environment. 
Angela was awarded an MBE in 2024 for Global 
Business Development & Licensing.
Tenure
Shaun was appointed as a member  
of the Board on 1 December 2022.
Skills, competence & experience
Shaun is a qualified treasurer and has extensive 
plc experience having previously held CFO roles 
with Norcros plc and Aga Rangemaster Group plc. 
In his role at Aga Rangemaster Group plc, Shaun 
helped oversee the transformation of the business 
into an international brand-led manufacturer and 
retail group. Shaun has served as a Non-Executive 
Director on public company boards since 2016, 
including terms as Audit and Nomination Committee 
Chair. He is currently the Non-Executive Chair of 
Driver Group Plc, and a Non-Executive Director of 
Epwin Group Plc.
Tenure
Hugo was appointed as a member  
of the Board on 1 December 2022.
Skills, competence & experience
Hugo has more than 25 years’ experience working 
for some of the biggest and best-known global 
consumer brands including The Body Shop, and 
running marketing and international expansion at 
Dyson. During nine years at Marks and Spencer 
Group PLC he managed businesses across Europe 
and the Middle East, as well as being Chief of Staff 
to the CEO and subsequently Property Director. 
Hugo served on the Executive Board at Superdry 
Plc, responsible for marketing and business 
development, and was this year appointed as  
CEO of Kelp Industries Ltd. 
BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS OVERVIEW
Total
Female
Male
1
1
2024
2023
7
7
2024
2023
6
6
2024
2023
HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
Board of Directors
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
73
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

The main matters for consideration 
by the Board include:
	
‒ Risk management and operational controls
	
‒ Financial reporting and financial controls
	
‒ Monitoring of health and safety across the 
Group
	
‒ Approval of material contracts and Group 
expenditure
	
‒ Communication with stakeholders
	
‒ Financing and capital adequacy of the Group
	
‒ Approving budgets and forecasts
	
‒ Reviewing potential acquisitions
	
‒ Oversight of the Executive Team and 
Committees
Overview of governance structures
The Board structure is designed to ensure that it 
focuses on the Group strategy whilst at the same 
time monitoring its performance and reviewing 
the controls and risk of the Group. The Board 
considers that the governance structures allow 
for the operation of the Group in an open and 
straightforward culture without over-delegation 
of responsibilities.
The Strategic Report outlines the key approach of the Board in ensuring and  
promoting the long-term, sustainable growth of the Group for all shareholders.
HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
The BOARD is RESPONSIBLE for  
the GROUP’S STRATEGY and  
for the OVERALL MANAGEMENT  
of the GROUP
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
74
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

STAKEHOLDERS
BOARD
BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board of Directors is responsible for overviewing the Group’s strategy and ensuring that it delivers  
long-term growth in a sustainable manner for the benefit of the Group’s shareholders and stakeholders.
Each Board Committee has documented terms of reference agreed by the Board. These are regularly reviewed and updated as necessary.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
SENIOR MANAGEMENT
The Executive Team is responsible for the day-to-day running of the Group’s business, improving its performance and ensuring future long-term growth and development.
The Group has a wealth of experienced senior managers across the globe, all of whom have high levels of industry experience.
AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for:
	
‒ Overseeing the Group’s financial reporting
	
‒ Overseeing the relationship with the external 
auditors and monitoring their independence
	
‒ Overseeing the Group’s internal control 
framework and risk management process
REMUNERATION AND 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration and Nomination  
Committee is responsible for:
	
‒ Reviewing the structure, size and composition  
of the Board
	
‒ Succession planning for Directors 
and other senior executives
	
‒ Promoting diversity, equity and inclusivity
	
‒ Setting, reviewing and recommending the policy 
on the remuneration of the Executive Directors
	
‒ Overseeing the senior management team and 
general workforce remuneration approach
	
‒ Overseeing the alignment of the 
reward, incentives and culture
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL  
AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
The Environmental, Social and  
Governance Committee is responsible for:
	
‒ Overseeing the Group’s sustainability 
framework, focus and strategy
	
‒ Monitoring the Group’s sustainability 
impact and performance
	
‒ Providing guidance for the developing environmental 
challenges, which includes environmental risk 
and the impact this will have on the Group
	
‒ Overseeing the Group’s ESG and TCFD reporting, 
including external audit and assurance requirements
HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
75
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Board meetings
The Board met eleven times during 2024, including one strategy meeting, four meetings to  
review quarterly updates, and two meetings to agree the interim and year-end financial accounts.  
One of the Board meetings during the year was held at Norville’s offices in Gloucester.
Scheduled meetings
Board
Remuneration 
and Nomination 
Committee
Audit and Risk
Committee
ESG
Committee
Robin Totterman
11/11
1*
1*
–
Richard Peck
11/11
1*
1*
1*
Christopher Kay
11/11
–
4*
–
Christopher Hancock
11/11
2/2
4/4
4/4
Angela Farrugia
9/11
2*
–
4/4
Shaun Smith
11/11
2/2
4/4
–
Hugo Adams
9/11
2/2
4/4
4/4
*	
In attendance
Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board and the Committees on which they sit.  
In the event of a Board member not being able to attend their respective Committee or Board meeting, 
their comments are passed to the Chair.
Board Committees
The Board has delegated some specific responsibilities to the Audit and Risk Committee,  
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee, and the ESG Committee.
The respective reports are shown on pages 80 to 89.
Board composition
The Board believes it has the right skill sets, knowledge and up-to-date experience to perform its 
duties responsibly. This allows the Board to deliver on the Group’s strategy of long-term growth of  
the Group for the benefit of all stakeholders.
The Board fully supports the Financial Reporting Council’s aim of encouraging diversity.
A full breakdown of gender representation for Directors is shown on page 73.
Board and Board Committee effectiveness review
In January 2024 we carried out an internal Board evaluation for 2023. The Executive Chairman 
reviewed the actions and discussed the output with the Board individually and at the Board meeting 
held on 19 February 2024. 
The key outcome of the review was that the Executive Team and the Board felt that the Board and its 
Committees continue to be well-functioning and effective in providing oversight of the Company and 
ensuring good governance. To increase the Board’s understanding of the Group, it was agreed that an 
approach to provide greater exposure to the entities would benefit the Board.
Other recommendations included:
	
‒ Increased information on the competitive environment to help the Board review possible growth 
areas. This will improve the Board’s understanding of strategies and direction and will enable the 
Board to continue to provide valued input.
	
‒ Continued consideration for ESG and the risks and opportunities associated. The Board will 
continually strengthen the Group’s commitment and ensure all relevant legislation is followed 
including TCFD and updates to the QCA Code.
Over the past 12 months, progress has been made in response to these recommendations, 
particularly in enhancing communication and transparency between the Board and the Executive 
team. Key improvements include:
	
‒ Presentations Across the Group: The Board has received presentations from the Group’s various 
business areas, providing deeper insights into operations and strategic initiatives. 
	
‒ Real-Time Market Insights: The CEO delivers up-to-date market data, entity performance metrics, 
and competitor analysis to the Board, ensuring informed decision-making. Greater detail of 
divisional performance is to be provided in the monthly management accounts 
	
‒ Operational Committee Updates: The Board has received updates on the two Operational 
Committee meetings which took place in the year.
	
‒ Timely Board Pack Distribution: Board materials including monthly management accounts are 
delivered in an increasingly timely manner
	
‒ Governance and Compliance: The Board Committees acknowledge the latest updates to the QCA 
Code and continue to advance compliance with TCFD (Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures). There is a commitment to improving governance, transparency, and strategic 
alignment across the Group. 
It was decided not to hold a review in respect of performance in 2024. Following appointment,  
the new Non-Executive Chair will conduct a review of the Board talent and performance.
HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
76
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Board members’ independence
The Board considers and ensures that each of the Non-Executive Directors are independent of 
management.
The founder and Executive Chairman has a substantial shareholding in the Group, but this does not 
detract from the Board’s ability to exercise independent judgement and enquiry.
All Non-Executive Directors are considered to be independent in both their character and judgement 
and confirm that they are free of relationships or other circumstances that could impact on their 
independence.
The Board delegates specific matters to three sub-committees, as follows:
	
‒ The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting,  
risk management, and internal controls, and liaises closely with the Group’s external auditors.  
Full details of this Committee’s work is set out on pages 80 to 82 of this report.
	
‒ The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is responsible for establishing procedures for 
setting executive remuneration policy and executive pay. Details of its work during the year is 
given on pages 84 to 87 of this report. The Committee is also responsible for leading Board 
appointments.
	
‒ The ESG Committee is responsible for overseeing and reporting to the Board on environmental, 
social and governance matters across the Group. Their report for the year is on pages 88 and 89.
Conflicts of interest
Declaration of any conflicts of interest is a standing agenda item on all Board and Committee 
meetings to ensure that they are regularly considered.
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance
The Group continues to hold Directors’ and Officers’ insurance during the period to the benefit of the 
Directors.
Senior Independent Director
Christopher Hancock is the Senior Independent Director and is also Deputy Chair-elect and will act as 
the Chairman’s alternate when required.
Development
The Board engages with the Group’s external advisers, principally our NOMAD, Peel Hunt, and our 
Group corporate lawyers, Macfarlanes, to keep up to date with changes to relevant legislation.
Election of Directors
All Directors will offer themselves for re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Relationship with stakeholders
Continuing engagement with shareholders and stakeholders in the Group is of prime importance to 
the Board. This communication includes both the Annual Report and Accounts and interim accounts, 
and RNS releases when appropriate.
The Group communicates through its website www.INSPECS.com and investor information is available 
on the website.
The Non-Executive Directors are available to discuss matters that stakeholders may wish to raise and 
the Executive Team holds meetings with investors on a timely basis.
The Group has regular reviews from material customers on its performance and these are closely 
monitored, and the Group maintains regular communication with a wide range of stakeholders.
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of the Group will take place on 3 June 2025. The Notice of Annual 
General Meeting and the Ordinary and Special Resolutions to be put before the meeting are contained 
in the Notice of the Annual General Meeting. The AGM is an opportunity for shareholders to ask 
questions relating to the Group, with details of how to do so also included within the Notice of the 
Annual General Meeting.
Corporate Governance Code
The Board recognises the corporate responsibility in the way that INSPECS operates around the 
globe. The Board has adopted the Quoted Companies’ Alliance Corporate Governance Code for  
small and mid-sized quoted companies, known as the ‘QCA Code’.
The Board is accountable to a wide range of stakeholders and to ensuring its primary goal of  
long-term sustained growth whilst acting in a sustainable manner. Examples of our continued  
work on sustainability are covered on pages 50 to 53 of this report.
The Board has ultimate responsibility for internal control and how we manage this process is shown  
on page 81.
Our gender diversity is shown on page 49 of this report. Our compliance with the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code principles is reported on below. The Board acknowledges the updates to the  
Code effective for financial years starting on or after 1 April 2024 and is actively working to ensure 
ongoing compliance.
HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
77
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

THE QCA CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
DELIVER GROWTH
Governance principles
Compliant
Application of the principle
Further information
1
Establish a strategy and business 
model which promotes long-term 
value for shareholders.
The Board is responsible for Group strategy and its implementation. 
This strategy is debated and tracked by the Board which monitors 
its progress.
See pages 14 to 21 to learn more about our strategy and business model.
2
Seek to understand and 
meet shareholder needs and 
expectations.
Meetings are held with investors and analysts after the release 
of interim and final results. The AGM provides a forum for all 
shareholders to meet and hear from the Directors. Shareholder 
comments and suggestions are welcomed by the Board.
See pages 42 to 44 to see how we communicate. Further information 
is available on our website www.INSPECS.com.
3
Take into account wider 
stakeholders and social 
responsibilities, and their 
implications for long-term 
success.
The Board has identified the key stakeholders in the business and 
discusses the impact of the long-term growth strategy and how our 
business model may affect these stakeholders. We acknowledge our 
social and environmental responsibilities, and consider the impact 
upon these in all that we do.
See pages 42 to 44 see how we communicate and deal with  
our stakeholders.
In addition, see pages 45 to 53 of our ESG Report.
4
Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities 
and threats, throughout the 
organisation.
Risk Management Committees are held at the division and Group 
level, considering both internal and external risks, and reporting into 
the Audit and Risk Committee. In 2023, the role of Head of Internal 
Controls was established. He has been reviewing and reporting with 
recommendations that local management is acting upon. 
See pages 65 to 68 for further detailed information on risk management, 
and pages 80 to 82 for the Audit and Risk Committee’s Report considering 
auditor independence.
5
Maintain the Board as a well 
functioning, balanced team led  
by the Chair.
The Board consists of four independent Non-Executive Directors with 
diverse and relevant experiences and perspectives, the Executive 
Chairman, the CEO and CFO.
The Board has a wealth of experience on strategy, operations and 
financial matters. The Executive Chairman engages in open debate 
and proposed strategies are challenged.
See Board Director information on pages 72 and 73 for further details.
HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
78
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC  
MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
Governance principles
Compliant
Application of the principle
Further information
6
Ensure that between them, the 
Directors have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills and 
capabilities.
The Board believes that it has the required skills and a strong balance 
of capabilities to manage the Group. Members of the Board keep their 
skillset up-to-date in a variety of ways throughout the year. The Board 
is also supported by Committees, and use external advisers where 
relevant, to ensure sufficient resource and expertise are available.
See Board Director information on pages 72 and 73 for further details.
7
Evaluate Board performance based 
on clear and relevant objectives, 
seeking continuous improvement.
The Board and Board Committees internally review their performance  
on an annual basis, with an external review every three years.  
The 2025 review has been deferred until the appointment of the  
Non-executive chair.
Details of the Board and Board Committees effectiveness reviews are 
included on page 76.
8
Promote a corporate culture that 
is based on ethical values and 
behaviours.
The Board and Senior Management promote and encourage the core 
values of the Group. The aim is to deliver continual improvement in 
both the economic performance of the Group and in its ability to meet 
its social responsibility to the wider community.
See pages 70 and 71 of the Corporate Governance Report, along with 
pages 47 to 49 for the Social section of our ESG report.
9
Maintain a governance structure 
and processes that are fit for 
purpose and support good 
decision-making by the Board.
The Board’s governance model is widely known as the unitary system. 
The Board is aided by three subcommittees to undertake specific 
work. The Board has regular information flows and has regular 
meetings to ensure it has the ability to review, debate and make well-
informed decisions.
See more information on the Committee Reports on pages 80 to 89.
BUILD TRUST
Governance principles
Compliant
Application of the principle
Further information
10
Communicate how the Company 
is governed and is performing 
by maintaining dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant 
stakeholders.
INSPECS has open communication with a wide range of stakeholders. 
This includes regular updates with investors, yearly and half-yearly 
reports and regulatory news service releases on key corporate matters.
See pages 42 to 44 of the Strategic Report.
HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
79
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
MAINTAINING 
TRANSPARENCY
The Audit and Risk Committee, 
comprised of independent directors 
with diverse professional backgrounds, 
plays a crucial role in ensuring the 
integrity of financial reporting, effective 
risk management, and compliance  
with regulatory requirements
CHRISTOPHER HANCOCK FCA
CHAIR OF THE AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
80
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

The Committee’s primary  
responsibilities include:
Financial reporting
	
‒ Review of going concern, key judgements and 
significant accounting policies.
	
‒ Assessing the adequacy of internal controls 
over financial reporting.
	
‒ Review of the Annual Report and Accounts to 
ensure its completeness, fairness, balance and 
understandability.
	
‒ Review of disclosures required under the Task 
Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) framework.
External audit oversight
	
‒ Reviewing and approving the audit plan.
	
‒ Monitoring the auditor’s independence and 
performance.
	
‒ Reviewing the extent of, and policy for, non-
audit services provided to the Group by the 
external auditors.
Risk management
	
‒ Assisting management with identifying and 
addressing new and emerging risks.
Overseeing the implementation of risk  
mitigation strategies.
Independent external audit
The external auditors, EY, were reappointed at the 
Company’s AGM on 6 June 2024.
Fees, effectiveness and independence
The Audit and Risk Committee undertakes a 
review of the effectiveness and independence of 
the Group’s auditors. The Committee determined 
that the expertise and global presence of 
the auditor is appropriate given the size and 
complexity of the Group. The Group’s auditors 
have brought to the Committee’s attention a 
number of internal control matters which will be 
addressed by management. 
Savings from the reduction in the scope of  
the audit engagement (e.g. the removal of a 
statutory audit of INSPECS Limited) have been 
offset by cost inflation so the audit fee for  
the year to 31 December 2024 is £1,544,000 
(2023: £1,528,000).
The Committee reviews the level and nature 
of non-audit work performed by the Group’s 
auditors to ensure that there is not a risk to their 
independence.
In 2024, £nil of non-audit fees were paid to EY 
(2023: £5,000).
Internal Audit
The Committee is aware of the risk of fraud 
and the Board’s responsibility to prevent it and 
has continued to recommend that the Group 
should establish an Internal Audit Function to 
improve, monitor and test the Group’s controls. 
During Q3 of 2023, a Head of Internal Controls 
was recruited. When his initial review of Group 
internal controls is completed in 2025, the 
Committee will consider the appropriate Internal 
Audit resources to audit financial controls, 
accounting procedures and further enhance risk 
management across the Group.
Risk governance
The Group ESG Compliance and Risk Officer 
attends the Committee’s meetings as a matter  
of course to ensure that the Committee  
has an appreciation of the underlying risks  
faced by the Group and the adequacy of the 
controls and policies in place to mitigate them. 
A comprehensive review of the Group’s risk 
register at a divisional level was begun during  
the year using specialist risk management 
software. In addition, the Committee advised  
on a more systematic approach to risk 
measurement and management at a Group  
level. The results of this review are set out  
under Risk Management on pages 65 to 68.
Internal control environment
The Group uses both manual and automated 
systems to control, monitor and report risk 
matters. The principal elements of the Group’s 
internal control are:
	
‒ Cash management by the Group  
treasury function.
	
‒ An annual budgeting process producing 
detailed profit and loss, balance sheet, and 
cash flow projections, updated monthly on  
a rolling 12-month basis.
	
‒ Monthly reporting of KPIs, key risk areas, 
capital expenditure and compliance with 
covenants on banking facilities.
	
‒ 5 year forecasts are used for the analysis of 
longer terms risk such as going concern and  
to assess potential impairment of assets.
	
‒ Key risks, including reasonableness of market 
forecasts, covenant compliance and Health 
and Safety issues, are raised to the level of 
Board agenda items.
Committee member
Attendance
Christopher Hancock (Chair)
4
Shaun Smith
4
Hugo Adams
4
Membership
The Audit and Risk Committee comprises 
Christopher Hancock (Chair), Hugo Adams 
and Shaun Smith. See Director biographies 
on pages 72 and 73 for further details.
Meetings and attendance
The Audit and Risk Committee is mandated 
to meet at least three times a year. It met 
four times in 2024. 
The Committee has unrestricted access 
to the Group’s external auditors and has 
meetings with external auditors without 
management present.
Members of Executive and Group 
management attend meetings of the 
Committee by invitation.
The Group Company Secretary serves as 
secretary of the Committee and ensures 
that the Committee receives information 
and papers in a timely manner.
Meetings during 2024
04
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
81
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
Significant financial judgements
During the year the Audit and Risk Committee 
considered the following significant issues 
regarding the financial statements and having 
reviewed them, were satisfied that they were 
appropriately stated.
	
‒ The Committee reviewed the going concern 
forecast for the period to 30 June 2026. This 
review focused, in particular, on the headroom 
on the covenants on the HSBC bank facility 
which was refinanced in December 2024 and 
currently matures in December 2027. The 
review included Management’s ‘base case’, 
‘severe but plausible’ downside case and 
‘reverse stress test’ scenarios. As a result 
of this review and taking into account the 
additional controls put in place to manage 
the Group’s cash in response to the recent 
covenant breach, the Board concluded that 
it was appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements on a going concern basis.
	
‒ Goodwill and intangible assets are significant 
values in the Group’s balance sheet and 
the Committee considered any potential 
impairment that might be required. Having 
reviewed the cash flows of the CGU (cash-
generating units), growth assumptions and 
the discount rates applicable to the CGU 
along with sensitivity analysis, the Committee 
concluded that given the headroom which 
exists for each CGU, no impairment should  
be recorded.
	
‒ The Committee has reviewed the provision 
made against the Group’s sales in respect 
of the constructive right of return by its 
customers in certain markets and concluded 
that given the Company’s further change 
in commercial arrangements regarding the 
period over which returns are accepted, the 
provision is reasonable.
Whistleblowing, fraud and bribery
Reflecting the Group’s concern to manage the 
risk of fraud, it has established an overarching 
Anti-Fraud Policy which sets out its approach 
to combatting fraud and the other policies 
and procedures which support its approach. 
In particular, the Group has in place a 
whistleblowing policy which is communicated 
to all employees on joining and updated yearly. 
The policy sets out a formal process by which 
employees may, in confidence, raise concerns in 
respect of the Group’s activities. These include 
any financial improprieties in reporting and in 
other matters. All reports are reviewed by the 
ESG Compliance and Risk Officer and, when 
appropriate, shared with the Board.
The Group is committed in all respects to a  
zero-tolerance attitude with regards to bribery.
The Group is aware of the particular dangers 
arising from the threat of cyber crime.  
Personnel receive regular training to sensitise 
them to typical threats and inculcate practices 
which reduce the risk posed by phishing attacks, 
malware, and online deception.
	
‒ The Committee reviewed the tax provisions 
recognised relating to uncertain tax provisions 
and permanent establishment risks and the 
position taken as at 31 December 2024  
and concluded that, given the practices  
and procedures in place, the provision  
was reasonable.
	
‒ The Committee reviewed the accounting for 
deferred tax. The Committee noted that the 
Company has substantial brought forward 
losses in the UK and the Committee agreed 
that only the portion of these which could 
reasonably be expected to be used in the next 
five years should be recognised as an asset.
	
‒ The Committee has noted the further 
reduction in the market capitalisation of 
the Company as an indicator of potential 
impairment. It has reviewed the carrying value  
of investments and receivables due from 
Group companies in the Company’s own 
balance sheet and compared them with the 
discounted cash flows forecast to arise from 
these investments. These demonstrate that 
the underlying value of these investments 
remains higher than the value currently 
attributed to them by the market and so there 
is no impairment to the value of these assets.
Recommendations arising out of  
the audit
The Committee has highlighted concerns about 
the weakness of management in key positions 
to make important judgements and oversee 
important controls. In particular, the Committee 
continues to recommend strengthening of both 
the European and UK finance teams to enhance 
controls and information flow.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
82
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
83
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
83
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial Statements
Governance
Strategic Report
Overview

REMUNERATION AND  
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
EFFECTIVE 
BOARD
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is responsible 
for making recommendations to the Board on all elements of the 
remuneration, terms of service or employment, reward structure 
and fringe benefits for Executive Directors, Non-Executive 
Directors and senior management with the aim of attracting, 
retaining and motivating individuals of the highest quality. 
The Committee is responsible for ensuring the appropriate Board 
balance and size, and that the Board members have the required 
mix of skills, experience and other core competencies. 
CHRISTOPHER HANCOCK FCA
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION AND 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
84
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Remuneration
Remuneration policy
The Committee’s aim is to set a remuneration 
policy to attract and motivate high‑calibre 
Directors and senior management within the 
Group and to focus them on delivery of the 
Group’s strategic and business objectives.
The remuneration of Directors and senior executives 
of the Group comprises the following elements:
	
‒ Contracted base salary
	
‒ Performance-based annual bonus
	
‒ Long-term share-based incentive plan (LTIP)
	
‒ Pension and other contracted benefits
In recent years a comprehensive review has been 
undertaken of executive remuneration. 
Review of salaries 
A market benchmarking exercise of executive 
salaries is performed annually. As a result of this 
exercise, salaries were adjusted in 2022. Given the 
performance of the Group no further adjustments 
to executive salaries have been deemed 
necessary or appropriate in 2023 or 2024.
Short-term incentive – 2024 annual bonus
Bonuses are paid to Executive Directors on the 
basis of performance against the Group’s revenue 
and Underlying EBITDA targets. 30% of the bonus 
payable, on the basis of financial performance,  
is then subject to achievement of individual KPIs 
by the relevant Executive. 
Due to the disappointing outcome of the 
Group’s key performance indicators of revenue 
(which shrank by 2%) and Adjusted Underlying 
EBITDA which at £17.6m was significantly below 
target, no bonuses will be paid to the Executive 
Directors in relation to 2024.
Long-term incentive plan (LTIP)
The Prospectus issued on admission of the Group 
to AIM on 27 February 2020 included the details 
of a Long-Term Incentive Plan to issue options 
on an annual basis at the mid-market price to 
Executive Directors and key senior employees 
up to a maximum aggregate of 10% of the issued 
share capital of the Group in any 10-year period. 
Following admission, options were issued each 
year in accordance with this plan.
Following the review of executive remuneration 
conducted in 2022, it was determined that the 
structure of the LTIP should be aligned with market 
norms by making the issue of options dependent 
on performance. In February 2023, the Committee 
produced a proposal for the issue of nil paid options 
which would vest based on meeting a target EPS 
performance CAGR over three years. Subsequently, 
the Group retained a leading remuneration 
consultancy firm to review and benchmark the 
proposed structure as a result of which it was agreed 
to issue nil paid options to senior executives in the 
Group with vesting from 25 to 100% of the total 
opportunity being driven by performance of the 
Underlying EPS from 12.5% to 25% CAGR. 
During the year, the Committee consulted 
with the Group’s largest external shareholders 
regarding the LTIPs and they endorsed the 
proposed change in the structure. As a 
result, the Committee approved the issue 
of LTIPs to the executives as approved by 
the shareholders. 
It is expected that the first options under 
the new scheme will be issued following the 
announcement of the 2024 results. The total 
options to be in issue at any time are subject 
to the same cap as previously. The total LTIP 
options outstanding as at 31 December 2024 
were 5,122,283 and this represents 5.0% of the 
Group’s issued share capital as at 31 December 
2024 amounting to 101,671,525 shares of  
0.01p each. 
Details of the holders of options under the LTIP 
plan are shown in the table below:
Committee member
Attendance
Christopher Hancock (Chair)
2
Shaun Smith
2
Hugo Adams
2
Membership
The members of the Committee are all 
independent Non-Executive Directors in 
compliance with the QCA Code. During the 
year the Committee comprised Christopher 
Hancock (Chair), Hugo Adams and Shaun 
Smith. See Director biographies on pages 
72 and 73 for further details.
Meetings and attendance
The Committee met twice in the year 
formally in accordance with its mandate and 
many times informally in order to discuss 
management effectiveness and succession 
planning. Non-committee members were 
invited to attend these meetings so that 
the Committee could give direction on 
remuneration and present the views 
received from independent shareholders.
The Company Secretary serves as secretary 
of the Committee and ensures that the 
Committee receives information and papers 
in a timely manner.
Meetings during 2024
02
Name
Options granted
Grant date
Exercise price
£
Robin Totterman
150,000
22/12/2020
2.10
50,000
23/12/2021
3.70
Richard Peck
50,000
22/12/2020
2.10
Christopher Kay
137,365
11/10/2019
1.01
549,460
27/02/2020
1.95
150,000
22/12/2020
2.10
183,153
26/02/2021
3.25
50,000
23/12/2021
3.70
183,153
28/02/2022
3.75
Senior employees
274,737
11/10/2019
1.01
1,373,650
27/02/2020
1.95
540,000
22/12/2020
2.10
457,883
26/02/2021
3.25
60,000
21/06/2021
3.51
275,000
31/08/2021
3.70
179,999
23/12/2021
3.70
457,883
28/02/2022
3.75
REMUNERATION AND NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
85
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Directors’ interest in shares
The interests of the Directors as at 31 December 2024, including their spouses, dependants and 
close family members, in the Ordinary Shares of the Group were:
2024
2023
Robin Totterman
18,625,005
18,625,005
Richard Peck
9,523
9,523
Christopher Kay
2,178,730
2,178,730
Christopher Hancock
23,448
23,448
Angela Farrugia
31,904
31,904
Shaun Smith
–
–
Hugo Adams
16,500
16,500
Directors’ employment and pension contributions to 31 December 2024
£
Salary/Fees
Taxable benefits
Total remuneration
Robin Totterman
249,100
1,206
250,306
Richard Peck
289,900
–
289,900
Christopher Kay
249,100
1,081
250,181
Christopher Hancock
70,000
–
70,000
Angela Farrugia
60,000
–
60,000
Shaun Smith
65,000
–
65,000
Hugo Adams
70,000
–
70,000
Directors’ employment and pension contributions to 31 December 2023
£
Salary/Fees
Taxable benefits
Total remuneration
Robin Totterman
249,100
1,266
250,366
Richard Peck
290,900
–
290,900
Christopher Kay
249,100
2,444
251,544
Christopher Hancock
64,333
–
64,333
Angela Farrugia
60,750
–
60,750
Shaun Smith
59,374
–
59,374
Hugo Adams
63,750
–
63,750
Transactions with Directors
The only transactions between the Directors and the Group were as follows:
Kelso Place LLP
Rent is payable by INSPECS Limited to Kelso Place LLP on Kelso Place, the headquarters of the Group. 
This rent is reviewed to ensure it is on a normal commercial basis and amounted to £133,000 in the 
year to 31 December 2024 (2023: £122,000). The building is owned by Kelso Place LLP, of which Robin 
Totterman is the controlling partner.
Thorne Lancaster Parker
Christopher Kay, a Director of the Company, is also a partner in Thorne Lancaster Parker. During 
the year the partnership charged INSPECS Limited £7,000 (2023: £8,000) in respect of professional 
services provided. On 31 December 2024, INSPECS Limited owed Thorne Lancaster Parker £nil (2023: 
£nil) in respect of the above. During the year the partnership charged Norville (20/20) Limited £nil 
(2023: £2,000) in respect of professional services provided, with £nil being owed at the end of the year 
(2023: £nil) in respect of the above.
R Totterman
Robin Totterman, a Director of the Company, had a Director’s Loan Account balance with INSPECS 
Limited. As of the end of the year, the balance owed to R Totterman was £22,000 (2023: Owed to 
INSPECS Limited £8,000).
REMUNERATION AND NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
86
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Share price movement
The price movement of the shares in the Group from the lowest to highest in the year is set out below:
Highest market price in the year
£0.92
Lowest market price in the year
£0.40
Other work of the Committee in the year
Succession planning
The Committee has reviewed the performance of the Executive Directors and listened to the views 
of the Company’s largest independent shareholders. As a result of this review, it was decided that the 
Group should appoint a Non-executive Chair to join the Board to help in particular with succession 
planning and shareholder relations. This decision was announced to the market in December 2024 
and a process led by an international recruitment firm is now underway. The new Chair is expected  
to be announced at the Company’s 2025 Annual General Meeting.
Board effectiveness review
In January 2024, an internal Board evaluation was performed based on 2023 performance. 
The Executive Chairman reviewed the actions and discussed the output with some of the Board 
individually and then collectively at the Board Meeting held on 19 February 2024. 
The key outcome of the review was that the Executive Team and the Board felt that the Board and 
its Committees continue to be well-functioning and effective in providing oversight of the Company and 
ensuring good governance. To increase the Board’s understanding of the Group, it was agreed that an 
approach to provide greater exposure to the Group’s operating companies would benefit the Board. 
Other recommendations included:
	
‒ Increased use of market data and competitor analysis to help the Board evaluate potential growth 
areas. This will improve the Board’s understanding of strategies and direction and will enable the 
Board to continue to provide valued input.
	
‒ Continued consideration for ESG and the risks and opportunities associated. The Board will 
continually review the Group’s commitment and performance ensuring all relevant legislation is 
followed including TCFD and updates to the QCA Code.
Over the past 12 months, progress has been made in response to these recommendations, 
particularly in enhancing communication and transparency between the Board and the Executive 
team. Key improvements include:
	
‒ Presentations Across the Group: The Board has received presentations from the Group’s various 
business areas, providing deeper insights into operations and strategic initiatives. 
	
‒ Real-Time Market Insights: The CEO delivers up-to-date market data, entity performance metrics, 
and competitor analysis to the Board, ensuring informed decision-making. Greater detail of 
divisional performance is to be provided in the monthly management accounts.
	
‒ Operational Committee Updates: The Board has received updates on the two Operational 
Committee meetings which took place in the year.
	
‒ Timely Board Pack Distribution: Board materials including monthly management accounts are 
delivered in an increasingly timely manner.
	
‒ Governance and Compliance: The Board Committees acknowledge the latest updates to the QCA 
Code and continue to advance compliance with TCFD (Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures). There is a commitment to improving governance, transparency, and strategic 
alignment across the Group.
It was decided not to hold a review in respect of performance in 2024. Following appointment, the new 
Non-Executive Chair will conduct a review of the Board talent and performance. 
Diversity, equity and inclusion
The Committee specifically looks to promote diversity, equity and inclusion in the Board and senior 
management of the Group through its appointments and promotions. No senior appointments were 
made in 2024. An analysis of the diversity of the Group’s workforce is set out within the ESG Report 
on page 49.
REMUNERATION AND NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
87
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL,  
AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT
RESPONSIBLE 
INITIATIVES
In 2024 we have continued to build 
on our Environmental, Social, and 
Governance (‘ESG’) commitments.  
Our Roadmap has been further 
refined into a focused framework 
of responsible business initiatives, 
meaningful measures, and achievable 
targets on a Group-wide level.
ANGELA FARRUGIA
ESG COMMITTEE – CHAIR
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
88
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Membership
The members of the Committee are all independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The Committee is chaired 
by Angela Farrugia, Committee members include 
Hugo Adams and Christopher Hancock. Richard 
Peck, Chief Executive Officer of the Group, is in 
regular attendance.
Responsibilities
The Environmental, Social, and Governance 
Committee is responsible for the following areas:
	
‒ To support the Board in fulfilling its obligations 
to the Group and comply with all statutory, legal, 
and regulatory requirements and standards in 
relation to all ESG matters.
	
‒ Independently review actions to ensure the 
Group’s consideration with environmental, social, 
and governance matters and report to the Board 
and shareholders, as appropriate.
	
‒ Define and further develop the Group ESG goals 
and objectives. Key metrics to be adopted by 
each entity, monitored, and fairly reported.
	
‒ Monitor the Group’s ESG performance and 
execution, ensuring that it addresses matters of 
material impact.
	
‒ Provide oversight and approval of key policies 
and projects required to implement the ESG 
strategy and Roadmap.
	
‒ Review current and emerging ESG trends, 
relevant international standards, and legislative 
requirements.
	
‒ Review the effectiveness and performance of 
ESG projects and initiatives.
	
‒ Offer recommendations to the Board on any 
of the matters listed above that the Committee 
considers appropriate.
Meetings and attendance
The Committee is mandated to meet at least twice 
per year. In 2024, four Committee meetings were 
held. Non-committee members may be invited 
to attend meetings from time to time to provide 
additional expertise and assistance. 
The Committee is particularly supported by 
the Group ESG Compliance and Risk Officer. 
The Committee ensures that all minutes are taken 
and that the Committee receives information and 
papers in a timely manner. 
ESG is a standing agenda point for each Board 
meeting, and each Board meeting is attended by 
the Group ESG Compliance and Risk Officer to 
provide valuable feedback on progression and 
detail challenges within sustainability, social, health 
and safety, and governance issues.
The ESG Committee ensures that material ESG 
issues are integrated into the Company’s long-term 
business vision and purpose and is fundamental 
to raising the profile of ESG initiatives across the 
Group. INSPECS established the ESG Committee to 
have a dedicated approach to the development and 
implementation of our sustainability interventions 
and initiatives. The Committee was formed and held 
its first formal meeting in November 2022. 
The ESG Committee will recommend to the Board 
for approval, sustainability-related targets and 
review the Company’s progress towards those 
targets, reporting regularly to the Board.
Key achievements in 2024
	
‒ Development of employee training and 
mentorship programmes.
	
‒ Supporting innovations, including new 
responsible packaging concepts and eyewear 
solutions.
Areas of focus for 2025
	
‒ Future regulatory reporting requirements
	
‒ Emission reduction projects
	
‒ Additional training on fraud, anti-bribery, and 
corruption 
	
‒ Review of progress against ESG targets and 
metrics
	
‒ On going development with DE&I
Committee member
Attendance
Angela Farrugia (Chair)
4
Hugo Adams
4
Christopher Hancock
4
Progress for our Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) 
goals in each of the defined strategic pillars across the world 
has continued alongside the implementation of our Group ESG 
Roadmap.
This year we made improvements across the entire Group to build a responsible 
and respected business in the areas of People, Planet, Product, Packaging and 
Procurement. Our ESG Roadmap has been widely adopted throughout our entities.
Our continued desire to improve our sustainable and traceable footprint across all 
areas of our vertical operations are widely acknowledged amongst our customers, 
community, employees and stakeholders, and the inclusion of DE&I strategies has 
enhanced our commitment to people.
In line with our commitment to bring positive change, I am pleased to see so much 
more engagement in these topics across the world and throughout 2024 and look 
forward to taking the mandate further in 2025.
—
Angela Farrugia
ESG Committee – Chair
LETTER FROM THE CHAIR 2024
Meetings during 2024
04
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL, AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
89
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

The Directors present their report together with the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2024. The Corporate Governance 
Statement on page 71 also forms part of this Directors’ Report.
Review of business
The Chairman’s Statement on pages 8 and 9, and the Strategic Report on pages 10 to 68 provides a 
review of the business, the Group’s trading for the year ended 31 December 2024, key performance 
indicators and an indication of future developments.
Principal activity
The principal activity of the Group in the year was that of design, production, sale, marketing and 
distribution of high fashion eyewear, lenses and original equipment manufacturer (‘OEM') products 
worldwide.
Result and dividend
The Group has reported its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards, and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to 
companies reporting under UK adopted international accounting standards.
The Group results for the year are set out in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
on page 102. The Company financial statements have been prepared under FRS 101 for the year 
ended 31 December 2024.
The Group’s revenue of £198.3m (FY23: £203.3m), Gross Profit margin of 52.2% (FY23: 50.9%) and 
loss after tax of £4.6m (FY23: loss £1.0m).
Period ended
31 December
2024
31 December
2023
Revenue (£m)
198.3
203.3
Gross margin %
52.2%
50.9%
Loss after tax (£m)
(4.6)
(1.0)
The Board is not recommending a dividend (FY23: No dividend).
Directors
The Directors of the Group during the year were:
Executive
Non-Executive
Robin Totterman (Chairman)
Christopher Hancock
Richard Peck (CEO)
Angela Farrugia
Christopher Kay (CFO)
Shaun Smith
Hugo Adams
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
The names of the Directors, along with their brief biographical details, are given on pages 72 and 73.
Directors’ interests
The Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Group at 31 December 2024 and 2023 is shown 
below:
2024
2023
Robin Totterman
18,625,005
18,625,005
Christopher Kay
2,178,730
2,178,730
Christopher Hancock
23,448
23,448
Angela Farrugia
31,904
31,904
Richard Peck
9,523
9,523
Shaun Smith
–
–
Hugo Adams
16,500
16,500
Charitable and political donations
As part of our responsible commitment, the Group and its subsidiaries have made a number of 
donations to local charities. The Group made no political donations in the financial period.
Disclosure of information to auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information (that is, information needed 
by the Group’s auditors in connection with preparing their report) of which the Group’s auditors are 
unaware, and each Director has taken all reasonable steps that he or she ought to have taken as a 
Director in order to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Group’s auditors are aware of that information.
Financial risks
The financial risk management objectives of the Group, including credit risk, interest rate risk and 
foreign exchange risk, are provided in note 32 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 130 
to 132.
Share capital structure
At 31 December 2024, the Group’s issued share capital was £1,016,715 divided into 101,671,525 
Ordinary Shares of 0.01p each. The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per share at 
the general meetings of the Group.
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
90
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Substantial shareholdings
At 31 December 2024, the Group had been notified of the following substantial shareholdings 
comprising of 3% or more of the issued Ordinary Share capital:
% of issued
share capital
Robin Totterman
18.3%
Canaccord Genuity Group Inc
15.1%
Downing LLP
8.7%
Liontrust Asset Management
8.1%
First Seagull
4.5%
Royal London Asset Management GIS Ltd
4.4%
Stonehage Fleming
4.2%
River Global Investors
3.9%
Hargreaves Lansdown
3.5%
Interactive Investor (EO)
3.1%
Share option schemes
Details of the employee share scheme are set out in note 31 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Purchase of own shares
There was no purchase of our own shares in the period.
Going concern
The Group achieved revenue of £198.3m (£203.2m on a constant currency basis) for the year, aligning 
closely with 2023 results. Despite this lack of growth, the Board remains optimistic about 2025, driven 
by the launch of new products and planned operational efficiencies.
As part of its comprehensive review, the Directors have evaluated the Group’s financial forecasts, 
borrowing levels, leverage, and capital expenditure to 30 June 2026. 
The Board has reflected on the likely effects of the recent announced increases in tariffs: The majority 
of US eyewear is supplied from Chinese manufacturing. In the short to medium term, the Board’s view 
is that it is unlikely that the shape of this supply chain will alter in the face of these changes. The tariffs 
are based on the landed value of the products, which will not materially affect the price to the end 
consumer and therefore this is not expected to impact current consumer demand.
Our non-US based businesses are not currently affected by the recent changes in tariffs, and the 
Group is confident that the continuing focus on supply chain efficiencies, reducing operational 
expenditure and selective pass through of cost increases to preserve margins across key markets will 
largely mitigate the effects of these new tariffs.
The Group’s borrowings totalled £46.8m (including invoice financing) with a net debt position of £22.9m 
(excluding leases) on 31 December 2024. These borrowings are subject to three key covenants: 
leverage, cash flow cover, and interest cover ratios, assessed on a 12-month rolling basis for each 
relevant period. The financing facilities have a three-year term, with two one-year extension options.
A breach in the cash flow cover covenant as of 31 March 2025 was identified, which was caused by 
accelerated payments to suppliers. Controls over subsidiary bank accounts have been strengthened such 
that a breach of a similar nature cannot reoccur. The breach was formally waived by HSBC on 9 April 2025, 
and no further covenant breaches or liquidity challenges are expected through the going concern period.
To assess the impact of current economic uncertainties and the evolving political landscape,  
the Board considered the following scenarios:
Base Case
	
‒ The Base Case reflects the Board-approved budget, updated with actual trading data up to  
31 March 2025.
	
‒ The budget assumes conservative growth and enhanced cost controls within the Group.
	
‒ Market conditions remain resilient, with trading aligning with expectations.
	
‒ The Group anticipates maintaining its budgeted margin throughout 2025.
	
‒ No further covenant breaches or liquidity challenges are anticipated.
Severe but Plausible Downside Scenario
	
‒ This scenario assumes a 10% monthly revenue reduction from 1 April 2025 onward.
	
‒ The Directors consider this 10% reduction appropriately conservative, given the current trading 
position, declining global inflation, and increasing consumer confidence.
	
‒ The model incorporates cost-saving measures wholly within managements control, including 
reductions in employee bonuses, commissions, and discretionary operational spending.
	
‒ No further covenant breaches or liquidity challenges are anticipated.
Reverse Stress Test
	‒ This scenario models a 28% decline in forecast revenue from 1 April 2025, with gross margins maintained.
	
‒ Such a decline would significantly surpass historical reductions and result in a breach of cash flow 
cover in the June 2026 reporting period.
	
‒ This scenario includes some cost-saving measures wholly within management’s control would 
include reductions in employee expenses, headcount, and discretionary operating costs.
	
‒ The analysis focused on covenant compliance risks rather than liquidity constraints, as the Group 
would breach covenants before encountering cash flow shortfalls.
	
‒ In the event of a severe revenue decline, the Group could implement additional cost-saving 
initiatives and, whilst not wholly within management’s control, could explore covenant amendments 
or waivers with its banking partners.
	
‒ Given current business momentum, the Directors consider this scenario to be a remote possibility.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
91
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Based on these assessments, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the Group has sufficient 
resources to continue operating as a going concern and to meet its commitments as they fall due 
over the going concern period to 30 June 2026. Accordingly, the Directors have adopted the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
Post balance sheet events
Since the balance sheet date, a breach in the Group’s cashflow cover covenant requirement was 
identified in relation to 31 March 2025. This was caused by accelerated payments to suppliers.  
HSBC Bank has on 9 April 2025 provided a formal waiver in relation to this covenant requirement.  
The Group expects to meet all further covenant requirements for the going concern period as 
explained within the going concern section of the accounting policies note. 
On 10 April 2025, Chris Kay (Chief Financial Officer) announced he will not stand for re-election at the 
next Annual General Meeting.
On 1 January 2025, J Kogan, the spouse of R Totterman, was appointed Managing Director of Kudos 
S.R.L. on market-based remuneration terms and rates.
Since the balance sheet date, but before these Financial Statements were approved, there were  
no further events that the Directors consider material to the users of these Financial Statements.
Future developments
The Board intends to continue to pursue the business strategy as outlined in the Strategic Report  
on pages 8 to 68.
Stakeholder involvement policies
The Directors believe that the involvement of employees, customers and suppliers is an important 
part of the business culture and contributes to the successes achieved to date (see our ESG Report 
on pages 45 to 55).
Equal opportunities
The Group is committed to eliminating discrimination and encouraging diversity. Its aim is that its 
people will be truly representative of all sections of society and that each person feels respected and 
is able to perform to the best of their ability. The Group aims for its people to reflect the business’s 
diverse customer base.
The Group will not make assumptions about a person’s ability to carry out their work, for example based 
on their ethnic origin, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, religion or other philosophical beliefs, 
age or disability. Likewise, it will not make general assumptions about capabilities, characteristics and 
interests of particular groups that may influence the treatment of individuals, the assessment of their 
abilities and their access to opportunities for training, development and promotion.
Ethical business practices
The Group has a zero tolerance to bribery and corruption and is committed to ensure that it has 
appropriate procedures in place to counter this risk. A formal policy is in place and continual  
training is undertaken. The anti-bribery and whistleblowing policy is reviewed annually by the  
Audit and Risk Committee.
SECR
Our Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) framework can be found on pages 52 and 53.
Auditor reappointment
The auditor, EY LLP, has indicated its willingness to be reappointed and, in accordance with section 
489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for reappointment will be proposed at the AGM.
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held on 3 June 2025. The ordinary business comprises receipt  
of the Directors’ Report and audited financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024,  
the re-election of Directors, the reappointment of EY as auditor and authorisation of the Directors  
to determine the auditor’s remuneration.
Special resolutions are also proposed to authorise the Directors, to a limited extent consistent with 
pre-emption Group guidelines, to allot new shares, to disapply statutory pre-emptions rights and to 
make market purchases of the Group’s shares. The Notice of Annual General Meeting sets out the 
ordinary and special resolutions to be put to the meeting.
Approval
This Directors’ Report was approved on behalf of the Board on 14 April 2025.
—
Chris Kay
Chief Financial Officer
14 April 2025
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
92
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements  
in accordance with applicable law and regulation.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year.  
Under that law, the Directors have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with 
UK adopted international accounting standards, and the Parent Company financial statements 
in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’), and applicable law. 
Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied  
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company, and of  
the profit or loss of the Group and the Parent Company for that period.
In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
	
‒ Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently
	
‒ State whether applicable UK adopted international accounting standards have been followed 
for the Group financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 
101, have been followed for the Parent Company Financial Statements, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements
	
‒ Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent
	
‒ Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and the Parent Company will continue in business
The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and the Parent Company, 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance of accounting records that are sufficient to show 
and explain the Group and the Parent Company’s transactions and disclose, with reasonable accuracy 
at any time, the financial position of the Group and the Parent Company, and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Group’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors’ confirmation
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole are fair, balanced and 
understandable. They provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and 
Parent Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
On behalf of the Board
—
Richard Peck
Chief Executive Officer
14 April 2025
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
93
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024

94
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
FINANCIALS
95	 Independent Auditor’s Report to the 
members of INSPECS Group plc
102	Consolidated Income Statement
102	Consolidated Statement of Other 
Comprehensive Income
103	 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
104	 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
104	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
105	Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements
133	Company Balance Sheet
134	Company Statement of Changes in Equity
134	Notes to the Company Financial Statements
142	Company Information and Advisers
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements

95
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
95
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Opinion
In our opinion:
	
‒ INSPECS Group PLC’s Group financial statements and parent company financial statements 
(the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent 
company’s affairs as at 31 December 2024 and of the Group’s loss after tax for the year then ended;
	
‒ the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards;
	
‒ the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and
	
‒ the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of INSPECS Group PLC (the ‘parent company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2024 which comprise:
Group
Parent Company
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
as at 31 December 2024
Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2024
Consolidated Income Statement for the year 
then ended
Statement of Changes in Equity for the year 
then ended
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income for the year then ended
Related notes 1 to 15 to the financial 
statements including material accounting 
policy information
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
for the year then ended
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the 
year then ended
 
Related notes 1 to 35 to the financial 
statements, including material accounting 
policy information
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial 
statements is applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is 
applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and 
applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the 
Group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and 
we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.
Conclusions relating to going concern 
Going concern has been determined to be a key audit matter.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of 
the directors’ assessment of the Group and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included: 
	
‒ Understanding the process undertaken by management to perform the going concern assessment 
covering the going concern period to 30 June 2026; including details of available facilities, forecast 
covenant calculations, the results of management’s downside sensitivity and reverse stress testing 
analysis and their evaluation of the ongoing impact of macro-economic pressures including, but 
not limited to, inflationary increases related to the cost of living, the risk of reduced demands for 
products due to recession and the Group’s access to available sources of liquidity;
	
‒ Confirming the availability of debt facilities and review of underlying terms, including covenants to 
30 June 2026, and confirming the repayments due within this period are accurately included;
	
‒ Reading the covenant waiver confirmation letter received from the Bank on 9 April 2025 which 
confirmed that the cashflow cover covenant as at 31 March 2025 had been waived;
	
‒ Understanding the cause for the breach as at 31 March 2025 and considering any indicators of 
increased likelihood of additional breaches of covenants at later testing periods within the going 
concern period;
	
‒ Assessing the reliability of the cashflow forecast by analysing management’s historical forecasting 
accuracy. We understood key inputs underpinning the Group’s forecasts which includes sales 
receipts and cash payment schedule, and challenged these using supporting evidence including 
debt agreements, existing facilities, FY24 actual performance and FY25 period performance  
to date;
	
‒ Evaluating management’s key assumptions underpinning the Group’s forecasts (such as revenue 
growth, gross margins and cost reductions as well as the impact of climate change), by comparing 
to externally produced market analyses, including information from competitors;
To the members of INSPECS Group plc

96
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
	
‒ Challenging, based on our own independent sensitivity testing, whether the downside case 
prepared by management could lead to a covenant breach. Our assessment considered the impact 
and likelihood of:
	– Current macro-economic conditions, including the recent US tariff announcements, on ability  
to meet revenue forecasts
	– Loss of major customers
	– Loss of significant brand licences
	– Increases in costs that are unable to be passed on to customers
	
‒ Challenging the controllable mitigating actions such as implementing reduced working weeks, 
pay reductions and reductions in discretionary spending relating to travel and advertising that 
management could take in the event of a decline in trading;
	
‒ Assessing management’s conclusion that extinguishment of liquidity is less sensitive than a potential 
breach of covenants such that it is appropriate for management’s assessment to focus on the 
scenarios which could lead to a covenant breach;
	
‒ Reviewing management’s assessment of a “reverse stress test” scenario that would lead to a covenant 
breach and challenging the assessment as to whether the scenario is remote by considering current 
year trading performance, external market data and controllable mitigating actions;
	
‒ Considering events occurring immediately outside of the going concern period, and whether these 
could lead to the identification of a material uncertainty related to going concern;
	
‒ Testing the clerical accuracy of the model used to prepare the Group’s going concern assessment to 
30 June 2026, including the forecast covenant compliance; and
	
‒ Assessing the appropriateness of the going concern disclosure on page 105.
Our key observations
	
‒ At 31 December 2024 the Group has committed facilities of €12.0m (£10.0m) term loan and a Revolving 
Credit Facility of €36.0m (£29.9m) both of which expire in December 2027. The Group has fully drawn 
down the term loan and utilised €34.0m (£28.2m) of the Revolving Credit Facility at 31 December 2024. 
The Group had a cash balance of £24.0m at 31 December 2024.
	
‒ Our audit procedures support the conclusion that the circumstances set out in management’s reverse 
stress test scenario to cause a liquidity issue or further covenant breach are remote. 
	
‒ The cashflow cover covenant was breached as at 31 March 2025. A waiver letter was obtained from  
the bank on 9 April 2025 waiving the cashflow cover covenant at the covenant reporting date of  
31 March 2025.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to 
events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period to 30 June 2026. 
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described 
in the relevant sections of this report. However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Overview of our audit approach
Audit scope
	‒ We performed an audit of the complete financial information of five components 
and audit procedures on specific balances for a further six components. 
	‒ We performed centralised procedures on the following accounts: Group going 
concern, goodwill, acquired intangible assets, elimination of intercompany 
balances and transactions over the course of the year, dividends and 
distributable reserve testing, investments in subsidiary undertakings (Parent 
Company) and consolidation journals.
	‒ For certain accounts the audit procedures were completed by a combination of 
ourselves, as the primary team, and by component auditors. These included cash 
and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings, income tax liabilities, deferred tax 
assets and deferred tax liabilities.
Key audit  
matters
	
‒ Revenue recognition including management override;
	
‒ Valuation of goodwill within the Eschenbach cash generating unit (“CGU”); 
	
‒ Going concern; and
	
‒ Carrying value of Parent Company investment in the underlying subsidiaries
Materiality
	‒ Overall Group materiality of £1,487 thousand which represents 0.75% of revenue.
An overview of the scope of the parent company and Group audits
Tailoring the scope
In the current year our audit scoping has been updated to reflect the new requirements of ISA (UK) 
600 (Revised). We have followed a risk-based approach when developing our audit approach to 
obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence on which to base our audit opinion. We performed risk 
assessment procedures, with input from our component auditors, to identify and assess risks of material 
misstatement of the Group financial statements and identified significant accounts and disclosures. 
When identifying components at which audit work needed to be performed to respond to the identified 
risks of material misstatement of the Group financial statements, we considered the risk profile, the 
organisation of the Group, our understanding of the Group and its business environment, the potential 
impact of climate change, the applicable financial framework, the Group’s system of internal control at the 
entity level, the existence of centralised processes, applications and recent internal control results. 
We determined that centralised audit procedures can be performed on all components in the following 
audit areas: going concern, goodwill, acquired intangibles, elimination of intercompany balances and 
transactions over the course of the year, dividends and distributable reserve testing, investments in 
subsidiary undertakings (Parent Company), and consolidation journals.
We then identified 6 components as individually relevant to the Group due to either (i) relevant events 
and conditions underlying the identified risks of material misstatement of the Group financial statements 
being associated with the reporting components or (ii) a pervasive risks of material misstatement of 
the Group financial statements or (iii) a significant risk or an area of higher assessed risk of material 
misstatement of the Group financial statements being associated with the components. After identifying 
these 6 individually relevant components based on risk factors, we did not identify any components of the 
Group as individually relevant due to materiality or financial size of the component relative to the Group. 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
To the members of INSPECS Group plc

97
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
97
For the 6 individually relevant components, we identified the significant accounts where audit work 
needed to be performed at these components by applying professional judgement, having considered 
the Group significant accounts on which centralised procedures will be performed, the reasons for 
identifying the financial reporting component as an individually relevant component and the size of the 
component’s account balance relative to the Group significant financial statement account balance.
We then considered whether the remaining Group significant account balances not yet subject to 
audit procedures, in aggregate, could give rise to a risk of material misstatement of the Group financial 
statements. We selected 5 components of the Group to include in our audit scope to address these risks. 
Having identified the components for which work will be performed, we determined the scope to assign 
to each component.
Of the 11 components selected, we designed and performed audit procedures on the entire financial 
information of 5 components (“full scope components”). For the remaining 6 components, we performed 
specified audit procedures to obtain evidence for one or more relevant assertions. 
Our scoping to address the risk of material misstatement for each key audit matter is set out in the Key 
Audit Matters section of our report. 
Involvement with component teams
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to 
be undertaken at each of the components by us, as the Group audit engagement team, or by component 
auditors operating under our instruction. 
The Group audit team continued to follow a programme of planned visits that has been designed to 
ensure that the Senior Statutory Auditor visits key locations on a rotational basis. During the current 
year’s audit cycle, visits were undertaken by the primary audit team to the component teams in China, 
Germany and the USA. These visits involved discussing the audit approach with the component team 
and any issues arising from their work, meeting with local management, attending planning and closing 
meetings, and reviewing relevant audit working papers on risk areas. The Group audit team interacted 
regularly with the component teams where appropriate during various stages of the audit, reviewed 
relevant working papers and were responsible for the scope and direction of the audit process. 
This, together with the additional procedures performed at Group level, gave us appropriate evidence for 
our opinion on the Group financial statements.
Climate change
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact INSPECS Group PLC.  
The Group has determined that the most significant future impacts from climate change on their 
operations will be from increased severity of extreme weather events and changes in consumer 
preferences. These are explained on pages 56-64 in the required Companies (Strategic Report) 
(Climate-related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022 and on pages 65 to 68 in the principal risks 
and uncertainties. They have also explained their climate commitments on pages 63 to 64. All of these 
disclosures form part of the “Other information,” rather than the audited financial statements. Our 
procedures on these unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit 
or otherwise appear to be materially misstated, in line with our responsibilities on “Other information”. 
In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate change on the Group’s 
business and any consequential material impact on its financial statements. 
The Group has explained in note 3 how they have reflected the impact of climate change in their financial 
statements. There are no significant judgements or estimates relating to climate change in the notes to 
the financial statements. 
Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change on the financial statements was focused on 
evaluating management’s assessment of the impact of climate risk, physical and transition, their climate 
commitments, the effects of material climate risks disclosed on pages 60 and 61 and the significant 
judgements and estimates disclosed in note 3 and whether these have been appropriately reflected in 
asset values where these are impacted by future cash flows and associated sensitivity disclosures  
(see note 13) following the requirements of UK adopted international accounting standards. As part of  
this evaluation, we performed our own risk assessment, supported by our climate change internal 
specialists, to determine the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from climate 
change which needed to be considered in our audit.
We also challenged the directors’ considerations of climate change risks in their assessment of going 
concern and associated disclosures. Where considerations of climate change were relevant to our 
assessment of going concern, these are described above. 
Based on our work, whilst we have not identified the impact of climate change on the financial statements 
to be a standalone key audit matter, we have considered the impact on the following key audit matters: 
valuation of goodwill within Eschenbach cash generating unit and Parent company carrying value of 
investments. Details of the impact, our procedures and findings are included in our explanation of key 
audit matters below.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks 
of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those 
which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.
Going concern has also been considered a Key Audit Matter.

98
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Risk
Our response to the risk
Revenue recognition including 
management override. The risk 
of management override through 
inappropriate manual journals 
to revenue or inappropriate 
assumptions used to estimate 
the right of return provision (2024 
£198.3m, 2023 £203.3m)
Refer to Audit and Risk Committee 
Report (page 80), Accounting 
policies (page 105); and Note 5 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
(page 113)
Revenue performance is a focus for 
stakeholders who expect year on 
year growth. Most of the Group’s 
sales arrangements typically require 
little judgement to be exercised, with 
revenue being recognised on the 
delivery of goods. However, there is 
a presumed risk that management 
may override controls to intentionally 
misstate revenue transactions by 
recording inappropriate manual topside 
journals to revenue.
There are key judgements 
and estimates undertaken by 
management in calculating the right 
of return provision. As such there is 
a heightened risk that management 
could manipulate this judgemental area 
to understate the year end provision 
and in doing so overstate revenue.
The level of risk associated to this key 
audit matter is unchanged from the 
prior year.
We performed full scope audit procedures for this risk area across 5 
components, representing 72% of revenue and conducted specified 
procedures for 6 components, which covered 18% of revenue covering 
90% of revenue in total. In order to address this risk we:
	
‒ Conducted targeted transaction testing to respond to the risk of fraud. 
In particular, we focused on manual journal entries including top side 
adjustments posted to revenue using lower testing thresholds.
	
‒ Used a data driven approach to obtain appropriate assurance over 
the full revenue data set through correlation analysis over sales and 
cash receipts to test the existence and occurrence of revenue being 
recognised in the correct period. 
	
‒ Used a detailed analytical review to compare year on year revenue 
balances to our expectations, management’s forecasts and, where 
possible, publicly available information.
	
‒ Enquired of management as to the existence of return arrangements 
with customers.
	
‒ Where contractual obligations are in place, we identified new 
agreements that have been entered within the current financial period 
as well as new agreements entered into post year end to challenge 
accounting treatment applied.
	
‒ To ensure completeness of the right of return provision, we compared 
current year agreements with those existing in the prior year as well as 
reviewing any return transactions post year end.
	
‒ For those components, where the obligation is constructive rather 
than contractual, we assessed whether the key assumptions regarding 
expected returns were in line with commercial practice.
	
‒ A sample of returns provisions was selected with inputs to these 
calculations validated through challenge of the assumptions and 
estimations made which included preparing our own point estimate. 
	
‒ Agreed calculations to customer contracts or agreements where 
available or payments subsequent to year end.
	
‒ Checked the arithmetical accuracy of return calculations by 
performing our own recalculation.
Procedures to respond to this risk were performed by both the primary 
audit team and component teams.
Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
Our procedures performed did not identify any unsupported manual adjustments to revenue or any unexplained 
anomalies from our revenue analytics. 
In respect of the right of return provision, our year end audit procedures did not identify evidence of inappropriate 
management bias. The basis for the year end right of return provision and the assumptions used in assessing the 
adequacy of the amount provided are considered materially appropriate.
Risk
Our response to the risk
Valuation of goodwill within the 
Eschenbach Cash Generating Unit 
(“CGU”) (Total value of goodwill: 2024 
£55.7m, 2023 £55.6m)
Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee 
Report (page 80); Accounting policies 
(page 105); and Note 13 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
(pages 119-120)
There is a risk that, the Eschenbach CGU 
may not achieve the cash flows needed 
to support the carrying value of goodwill 
leading to an impairment charge. 
Management is required to carry out an 
impairment review of goodwill under IFRS 
which involves judgement and estimates 
regarding the future results of the 
business, likely growth rates and discount 
rates used. Therefore, the estimated 
recoverable amount for CGUs is 
subjective due to the inherent uncertainty 
involved in forecasting future growth and 
profitability of the CGUs and the rate at 
which the cash flows generated by the 
CGUs should be discounted. A relatively 
small change in key assumptions could 
give rise to a material change in the 
estimated recoverable amount  
of goodwill.
The effect of these matters is that as part 
of our risk assessment we determined 
that the value in use of goodwill has a high 
degree of estimation uncertainty, with 
a potential range of outcomes greater 
than our materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole.
The level of risk associated to this key 
audit matter has changed from the 
prior year. Previously we considered 
the Twenty20 CGU had a higher level of 
estimation uncertainty. However, given 
recent trading results and forecasts, 
this level of uncertainty has reduced. 
Given the separation of the Tura CGU 
from the Eschenbach CGU (see note 13), 
the degree of uncertainty related to the 
Eschenbach CGU has increased.
In order to address this risk, we:
	
‒ Understood the methodology applied by management in identifying 
CGUs and assessed this against the requirements of IAS 36 Impairment 
of Assets.
	
‒ Assessed the separation of the Tura CGU from the legacy Eschenbach 
CGU and considered if the method and key assumptions applied by 
management to undertake this was appropriate.
	
‒ Validated that the cash flow forecasts used in the valuation were 
consistent with information approved by the Board and reviewed the 
historical accuracy of management’s forecasts.
	
‒ Evaluated the implied growth rates beyond FY24 by considering 
independent evidence available to support these assumptions, 
their consistency with findings from other areas of our audit and by 
performing sensitivity analyses.
	
‒ Assessed the impact of climate change on future forecasts and how 
this has been included in the Eschenbach impairment assessment. 
This included challenging the completeness of costs included in 
management’s forecasts.
	
‒ With assistance from EY business valuation specialists, we 
independently constructed our own expectation of an appropriate 
discount rate and compared this against the rate used by management.
	
‒ Assessed the reasonableness of the long-term growth rates applied 
within the model including comparison to economic and industry 
forecasts and consideration of possible contradictory evidence.
	
‒ For the Eschenbach CGU we performed sensitivity analysis by stress 
testing key assumptions in the model to consider the degree to which 
these assumptions would need to change before an impairment charge 
is triggered.
	
‒ We assessed the disclosures in the financial statements against the 
requirements of IAS 36, in particular in respect of the requirement to 
disclose further sensitivities for CGUs where a reasonably possible 
change in key assumptions would cause impairment.
	
‒ The primary audit team performed all audit procedures over this risk 
area which, if considering both Eschenbach and Tura CGUs covered 
76% of the total value of goodwill held by the Group. Our main focus was 
on the carrying value of the Eschenbach goodwill which is 47% of the 
total goodwill balance.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
To the members of INSPECS Group plc

99
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
99
Risk
Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
Our year end audit procedures did not identify evidence of material misstatement regarding the carrying value of the 
Eschenbach goodwill. 
Management has disclosed the sensitivities related to reasonable possible change in key assumptions for the 
Eschenbach CGU in note 13 in accordance with the requirements of IAS 36.
Risk
Our response to the risk
Carrying value of Parent Company 
investment in the underlying 
subsidiaries (2024 £58.6m, 2023: 
£58.3m) 
Refer to Accounting policies (page 
134); and Note 3 of the Parent 
Company Financial Statements (pages 
137-138)
The carrying amount of the Parent 
Company investment in the underlying 
subsidiaries represents 43% (2023: 
42%) of the Parent Company’s total 
assets. The market capitalisation falls 
below the value of the investment.
Therefore, recoverable value is 
considered with reference to 
discounted forecast future cash 
flows. These forecast cash flows 
are subjective due to the inherent 
uncertainty involved in forecasting 
future growth and the rate at which 
cash flows generated should be 
discounted.
This results in a high degree of 
estimation uncertainty with a potential 
range of reasonable outcomes which 
are greater than our materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole.
In order to address this risk we:
	
‒ Examined management’s methodology together with their model for 
assessing the value in use for the investments. 
	
‒ Assessed the assumptions underlying management’s forecast for  
the investments. 
	
‒ Analysed the historical accuracy of budgets to actual results to assess 
the reliability of forecast cash flows based on past experience.
	
‒ With assistance from EY business valuation specialists, we 
independently constructed our own expectation of an appropriate 
discount rate and compared this against the rate used by 
management.
	
‒ Challenged whether the forecast growth rates have been appropriately 
adjusted to reflect the Group’s strategy and the market changes, while 
also comparing them to observable market data.
	
‒ Analysed available information to identify any contrary evidence, 
including consideration of available external market data.
	
‒ Performed sensitivities on the forecasts for the investments by 
incorporating reasonably possible changes in key assumptions 
including revenue growth rate, terminal growth rate and the  
discount rate and assessed the impact on headroom and  
potential impairment changes.
	
‒ Assessed the impact of climate change on future forecasts and how 
this has been included in the parent company investment impairment 
assessment. This included challenging the completeness of costs 
included in management’s forecasts.
These procedures were completed by the primary audit team.
Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
We examined management’s methodology together with their models for assessing value in use for the investments 
and concluded that the carrying value was not materially misstated. 
Management has appropriately included sensitivity analysis disclosures in note 2 to the Parent Company Financial 
Statements to reflect the level of estimation uncertainty.
In the current year, we have amended our auditor’s report to included a key audit matter in relation 
to the carrying value of investments held by the Parent company due to the value of investments 
exceeding the market capitalisation of the Group, combined with an increased level of subjectivity and 
inherent uncertainty associated with forecasting future growth rates.
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of 
identified misstatements on the audit and in forming our audit opinion.
Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could  
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements.  
Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.
We determined materiality for the Group to be £1,487 thousand (2023: £1,503 thousand), which is 
0.75% (2023: 0.75%) of revenue. We believe that revenue is the metric which is used and presented 
most prevalently by Group management in their internal and external reporting. We consider revenue 
to be more appropriate as it provides more appropriate means to assess the Group’s performance 
and activity year on year.
We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be £682 thousand (2023: £695 thousand), which 
is 0.5% (2023: 0.5%) of total assets. 
During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial materiality and considered there was no need  
to change the materiality basis. Through the course of our audit, we updated our planning materiality 
to reduce it in line with actual results which were lower than initial forecasts used to calculate  
planning materiality.
Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to 
reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds materiality.
On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control 
environment, our judgement was that performance materiality was 50% (2023: 50%) of our planning 
materiality, namely £744 thousand (2023: £752 thousand). We have set performance materiality at this 
percentage due to the high level of corrected and uncorrected misstatements identified in the prior 
financial period.
Audit work was undertaken at component locations for the purpose of responding to the assessed 
risks of material misstatement of the Group financial statements. The performance materiality set for 
each component is based on the relative scale and risk of the component to the Group as a whole 
and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current year, the range of 
performance materiality allocated to components was £223 thousand to £422 thousand (2023: £253 
thousand to £405 thousand). 

100
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences 
in excess of £74 thousand (2023: £75 thousand), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as 
differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality 
discussed above and in light of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.
Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report set out on pages 1-93, 
other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for 
the other information within the annual report. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives 
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are 
required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
	
‒ the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which 
the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 
	
‒ the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable  
legal requirements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and its 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the 
strategic report or the directors’ report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 
2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
	
‒ adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for 
our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
	
‒ the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or
	
‒ certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
	
‒ we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 93, the directors 
are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud  
or error. 
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group and 
parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when 
it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken 
on the basis of these financial statements.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
To the members of INSPECS Group plc

101
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
101
Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting  
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. 
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting 
one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or 
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable 
of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those 
charged with governance of the company and management. 
	‒ We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the 
Group and determined that the most significant are those that relate to the reporting framework (UK 
adopted international accounting standards, United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, 
Companies Act 2006, and the AIM rules) and the relevant tax laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in 
which the Group operates. We understood how INSPECS Group PLC is complying with those frameworks 
by making enquiries of management, the Directors, and those responsible for legal and compliance 
procedures. We assessed the oversight of those charged with governance (i.e. considering the potential 
for override of controls or other inappropriate influence over the financial reporting process), the culture 
of honesty and ethical behaviour and whether appropriate emphasis is placed on fraud prevention, 
which may reduce opportunities for fraud to take place, and fraud deterrence, which could persuade 
individuals not to commit fraud because of the likelihood of detection and punishment. We corroborated 
our inquiries through our review of Board minutes, papers provided to the Audit and Risk Committee and 
attendance at meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee as well as consideration of the results of our 
audit procedures across the Group.
	‒ We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including 
how fraud might occur by meeting with management from various parts of the business to understand 
where it considered there was susceptibility to fraud. We also considered performance targets and 
their influence on efforts made by management to manage earnings or influence the perceptions of 
investors. We considered the programmes and controls that the Group has established to address risks 
identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud and how senior management monitors those 
programmes and controls. Where the risk was considered to be higher, we performed audit procedures 
to address each identified fraud risk. These procedures included testing manual journals and were 
designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements were free from fraud or error.
	‒ Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such 
laws and regulations. Our procedures involved enquiries of Group management, those charged with 
governance and legal counsel, as well as journal entry testing, with a focus on manual consolidation 
journals and journals indicating significant or unusual transactions based on our understanding of the 
business. Through our testing we challenged the assumptions and judgements made by management 
in respect of significant one-off transactions in the financial year and significant accounting estimates 
as referred to in the key audit matters section above. At a component level, our full and specific scope 
component audit team’s procedures included enquiries of component management; journal entry 
testing; and focused testing, including in respect of the key audit matter of revenue recognition. We also 
leveraged our data analytics platform in performing our work on the order to cash and purchase to pay 
processes to assist in identifying higher risk transactions for testing.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on  
the Financial Reporting Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to 
the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed. 
Helen McLeod-Jones (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Bristol
14 April 2025

102
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
for the year ended 31 December 2024
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
REVENUE
5
198,258
203,292
Cost of sales
(94,807)
(99,745)
GROSS PROFIT
103,451
103,547
Distribution costs
(5,743)
(6,020)
Administrative expenses
(94,295)
(94,639)
OPERATING PROFIT
3,413
2,888
Non-underlying costs (net)
8
(468)
(58)
Exchange adjustment on borrowings
32
97
1,312
Finance costs
9
(4,237)
(4,155)
Finance income
9
201
240
Share of loss of associate and joint venture
16
(29)
(12)
(LOSS)/PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX
(1,023)
215
Income tax charge
11
(3,585)
(1,212)
LOSS FOR THE YEAR
(4,608)
(997)
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Parent
(4,608)
(997)
LOSS PER SHARE
Basic loss per share attributable to the equity holders  
of the Parent
12
(4.53)p
(0.98)p
Diluted loss per share attributable to the equity holders  
of the Parent
12
(4.53)p
(0.98)p
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
LOSS FOR THE YEAR
(4,608)
(997)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Other comprehensive income that may be reclassified  
to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
(594)
(3,999)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS FOR THE YEAR,  
NET OF INCOME TAX
(594)
(3,999)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS FOR THE YEAR
(5,202)
(4,996)
Attributable to: Equity holders of the Parent
(5,202)
(4,996)
The notes on pages 105 to 132 form part of these Financial Statements.

103
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
103
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 31 December 2024
Notes
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
LIABILITIES
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Financial liabilities – borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
24
44,505
48,234
Deferred consideration
27
–
652
Deferred tax liabilities
28
1,968
3,647
46,473
52,533
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Trade and other payables
23
41,269
36,375
Right of return liabilities
5
10,608
11,297
Financial liabilities – borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
24
16,185
13,000
Invoice discounting
24
1,777
887
Deferred and contingent consideration
27
1,873
2,111
Tax payable
29
3,377
2,186
75,089
65,856
TOTAL LIABILITIES
121,562
118,389
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
220,248
221,906
The notes on pages 105 to 132 form part of these Financial Statements.  
Registered Company number: 11963910.
The Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 April 2025 and were signed 
on its behalf by:
R Peck	
	
C Kay
Director	 	
Director
Notes
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
ASSETS
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Goodwill
13
55,741
55,578
Intangible assets
14
23,406
29,813
Property, plant and equipment
15
18,276
19,001
Right-of-use assets
25
14,372
16,599
Investments in associate and joint venture
16
70
98
Deferred tax assets
28
1,738
2,826
113,603
123,915
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories
17
42,753
40,848
Trade and other receivables
18
39,825
35,855
Tax receivables
29
107
386
Cash and cash equivalents
19
23,960
20,070
106,645
97,159
Assets held for sale
20
–
832
TOTAL ASSETS
220,248
221,906
EQUITY
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Called up share capital
21
1,017
1,017
Share premium
22
89,508
89,508
Foreign currency translation reserve
22
4,841
5,435
Share option reserve
22
3,570
3,222
Merger reserve
22
5,340
5,340
Accumulated losses
22
(5,590)
(1,005)
TOTAL EQUITY
98,686
103,517

104
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 31 December 2024
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Notes
Called 
up share 
capital 
£’000
Share 
premium 
£’000
Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
£’000
Share 
option 
reserve 
£’000
Accumulated
losses
 £’000
Merger 
reserve 
£’000
Total 
equity 
£’000
BALANCE AT 
1 JANUARY 2023
1,017
89,508
9,434
2,703
(461)
5,340 107,541
CHANGES IN EQUITY
Loss for the year
–
–
–
–
(997)
–
(997)
Other comprehensive 
loss
22
–
–
(3,999)
–
–
–
(3,999)
TOTAL 
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
–
–
(3,999)
–
(997)
–
(4,996)
Share-based payments
22
–
–
–
972
–
–
972
Share options forfeited
22
–
–
–
(453)
453
–
–
BALANCE AT 
31 DECEMBER 2023
1,017
89,508
5,435
3,222
(1,005)
5,340 103,517
CHANGES IN EQUITY
Loss for the year
–
–
–
–
(4,608)
–
(4,608)
Other comprehensive 
loss
22
–
–
(594)
–
–
–
(594)
TOTAL 
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
–
–
(594)
–
(4,608)
–
(5,202)
Share-based payments
22
–
–
–
371
–
–
371
Share options forfeited
22
–
–
–
(23)
23
–
–
BALANCE AT 
31 DECEMBER 2024
1,017
89,508
4,841
3,570
(5,590)
5,340
98,686
The notes on pages 105 to 132 form part of these Financial Statements.
Notes
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
26
14,186
16,914
Interest paid
(4,106)
(3,647)
Tax paid
(2,881)
(602)
NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
7,199
12,665
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of intangible fixed assets
14
(964)
(1,248)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
15
(1,956)
(4,502)
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment
20
1,025
–
Acquisition of subsidiaries, including overdraft acquired
33
(124)
–
Cash paid in relation to deferred consideration
27
(700)
(673)
Interest received
9
201
240
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
(2,518)
(6,183)
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
New bank loans in the year
24
39,451
–
Bank loan principal repayments in year
24
(36,890)
(4,014)
Transaction costs on debt refinancing
(275)
(70)
Movement in invoice discounting facility
24
890
(603)
Principal payments on leases
24
(3,602)
(4,148)
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
(426)
(8,835)
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
4,255
(2,353)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
20,070
22,153
Foreign exchange rate (loss)/gain
(365)
270
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  
AT END OF THE YEAR
19
23,960
20,070
for the year ended 31 December 2024

105
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
105
1. General information
INSPECS Group plc is a public company limited by shares and is incorporated in England and 
Wales (company number 11963910). The address of the Company’s principal place of business 
is 7-10 Kelso Place, Upper Bristol Road, Bath BA1 3AU.
The principal activity of the Group in the year was that of design, production, sale, marketing and 
distribution of high fashion eyewear, lenses and OEM products worldwide.
2. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards, and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to 
companies reporting under UK adopted international accounting standards.
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where 
fair value measurement is required under IFRS as described below in the accounting policies.
Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors reasonably 
expect the Group to continue operating and meeting its obligations to 30 June 2026.
The Group’s borrowings totalled £46.8m (including invoice financing) with a net debt position 
of £22.9m (excluding leases) on 31 December 2024. These borrowings are subject to three key 
covenants: leverage, cash flow cover, and interest cover ratios, assessed on a 12-month rolling basis 
for each relevant period. The financing facilities have a three-year term, with two one-year extension 
options.
A breach in the cash flow cover covenant as of 31 March 2025 was identified, which was caused by 
accelerated payments to suppliers. Controls over subsidiary bank accounts have been strengthened 
such that a breach of a similar nature cannot reoccur. The breach was formally waived by HSBC on  
9 April 2025, and no further covenant breaches or liquidity challenges are expected through the going 
concern period.
To evaluate financial resilience, the Board considered three scenarios:
Base Case
	
‒ The Base Case reflects the Board-approved budget, updated with actual trading data up to  
31 March 2025.
	
‒ The budget assumes conservative growth and enhanced cost controls within the Group.
	
‒ Market conditions remain resilient, with trading aligning with expectations.
	
‒ The Group anticipates maintaining its budgeted margin throughout 2025.
	
‒ No further covenant breaches or liquidity challenges are anticipated.
Severe but Plausible Downside Scenario
	
‒ This scenario assumes a 10% monthly revenue reduction from 1 April 2025 onward.
	
‒ The Directors consider this 10% reduction appropriately conservative, given the current trading 
position, declining global inflation, and increasing consumer confidence.
	
‒ The model incorporates cost-saving measures wholly within managements control, including 
reductions in employee bonuses, commissions, and discretionary operational spending.
	
‒ No further covenant breaches or liquidity challenges are anticipated.
Reverse Stress Test
	
‒ This scenario models a 28% decline in forecast revenue from 1 April 2025, with gross margins 
maintained.
	
‒ Such a decline would significantly surpass historical reductions and result in a breach of cash flow 
cover in the June 2026 reporting period.
	
‒ This scenario includes some cost-saving measures wholly within management’s control would 
include reductions in employee expenses, headcount, and discretionary operating costs.
	
‒ The analysis focused on covenant compliance risks rather than liquidity constraints, as the Group 
would breach covenants before encountering cash flow shortfalls.
	
‒ In the event of a severe revenue decline, the Group could implement additional cost-saving 
initiatives and, whilst not wholly within management’s control, could explore covenant amendments 
or waivers with its banking partners.
	
‒ Given current business momentum, the Directors consider this scenario to be a remote possibility.
Based on these assessments, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the Group has sufficient 
resources to continue operating as a going concern and to meet its commitments as they fall due 
over the going concern period to 30 June 2026. Accordingly, the Directors have adopted the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024

106
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial information incorporates the Financial Statements of the Group and all 
of its subsidiary undertakings. A subsidiary is defined as an entity over which the Group has control. 
Control exists when the Company has power over the investee, the Company is exposed, or has rights 
to variable returns from its involvement with the subsidiary and the Company has the ability to use 
its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns. The Financial Statements 
of all Group companies are adjusted, where necessary, to ensure the use of consistent accounting 
policies. Acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method from the date control passes 
to the Group. On acquisition, the assets and liabilities of a subsidiary are measured at their fair values. 
Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill.
Business combinations and goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is 
measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, which is measured at acquisition date 
fair value, and the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs 
are expensed as incurred and classified as non-underlying costs.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for 
appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic 
circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration 
transferred over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed). If the fair value of the 
net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group reassesses 
whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and 
reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date.  
If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the  
aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in profit or loss.
After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in 
a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating 
units (‘CGUs’) that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets 
or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units.
Investments in associate and joint venture
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the 
power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not in control 
or joint control over those policies. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the Group has joint 
control of the arrangement and has rights to the net assets of the arrangement.
The considerations made in determining significant influence or joint controls are similar to those 
necessary to determine control over subsidiaries. The Group’s investments in its associate and joint 
venture are accounted for using the equity method.
Under the equity method, the investments in associate and joint venture are initially recognised at 
cost. The carrying amount of the investments are adjusted to recognise changes in the Group’s share 
of net assets of the associate since the acquisition date.
The income statement reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the associate. 
Any change in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’) of those investees is presented as part of the 
Group’s OCI.
Current and non-current classifications
The Group presents assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position based on current/ 
non-current classification.
An asset is considered current when it is:
	
‒ expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed within the usual parameters of trading 
activity or as a minimum within 12 months after the reporting period, or
	
‒ cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at 
least 12 months after the reporting period.
The Group classifies all other assets as non-current.
A liability is current when:
	
‒ it is expected to be settled in the normal parameters of trading activity or
	
‒ as a minimum is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period, or
	
‒ the entity does not have a right at the end of the reporting period to defer settlement of the liability 
for at least 12 months after the reporting period.
The Group classifies all other liabilities as non-current.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.
Revenue recognition
Revenue from the sales of goods is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is 
transferred to the customer, in line with agreed incoterms. Revenue is recognised at the fair value of 
the consideration received or receivable for sale of goods to external customers in the ordinary nature 
of the business. The fair value of the consideration takes into account trade discounts, settlement 
discounts, volume rebates and the right of return. Revenue in relation to royalty income is recognised 
over the period to which the royalty term relates. Revenue in relation to design income is recognised 
as the work is performed.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
2. Accounting policies continued

107
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
107
Rights of return
Under IFRS 15 a sale with right of return is recognised if the customer receives any combination 
of the following:
	
‒ a full or partial refund of any consideration paid;
	
‒ a credit that can be applied against amounts owed, or that will be owed, to the entity; and
	
‒ another product in exchange (except for in cases of a defective product being returned, or the 
exchanged item is of the same type, quality, condition and price).
The Group recognised a liability where it has historically accepted a right of return. The Group 
estimates the impact of potential returns from customers based on historical data on returns.  
A refund liability is recognised for the goods that are expected to be returned. A right of return asset 
(and corresponding adjustment to cost of sales) is also recognised for the right to recover the goods 
from the customer, to the extent that these goods are not considered impaired.
Intangible assets (other than goodwill)
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of 
intangible assets acquired in a business combination is their fair value at the date of acquisition. 
Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation 
and accumulated impairment losses. Internally generated intangibles are not capitalised and the 
related expenditure is reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.
Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over their useful economic life and are assessed  
for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired.  
The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life 
are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life or the 
expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are considered 
to modify the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in 
accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in 
the profit or loss in the expense category that is consistent with the function of the intangible assets.
An intangible asset is derecognised upon disposal (i.e. at the date the recipient obtains control) or 
when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising upon 
derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset) is included in the profit or loss.
Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Patents and licences	
Over the period of the patent or licence
Computer software	
3 years
Trademarks	
5–10 years
Customer relationships	
8–20 years
Customer order book	
6 months
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment 
losses. The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment comprises its purchase price and  
any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its 
intended use.
Expenditure incurred after items of property, plant and equipment have been put into operation,  
such as repairs and maintenance, is charged to profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred.  
In situations when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the 
Group and the cost can be measured reliably then the expenditure for a major inspection is capitalised 
in the carrying amount of the asset as a replacement. Where significant parts of property, plant and 
equipment are required to be replaced at intervals, the Group recognises such parts as individual 
assets with specific useful lives and depreciates them accordingly.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets 
as follows:
Freehold property 	
33 years
Leasehold improvements	
Over the lease term
Fixtures and fittings	
5 years
Computer equipment	
3–5 years
Plant and machinery	
3–7 years
Construction in progress is not depreciated.
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.
Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, the cost of that 
item is allocated on a reasonable basis among the parts and each part is depreciated separately. 
Residual values, useful lives and the depreciation method are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at 
least at each financial year end.
An item of property, plant and equipment including any significant part initially recognised is 
derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or 
disposal. Any gain or loss on disposal or retirement recognised in profit or loss in the year the asset 
is derecognised is the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the 
relevant asset.
Leases
The Group applied a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases for which it is 
the lessee, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises 
right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets and lease liabilities to make 
lease payments.

108
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Right-of-use asset
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date the 
underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of 
lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on 
a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets, 
as follows:
Leasehold property	
Over the lease term
Plant and machinery	
3–7 years
Motor vehicles	
3 years
Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the 
present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed 
payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable. They also 
include any amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees.
In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing 
rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily 
determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect 
the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount 
of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the 
lease payments or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.
The Group’s lease liabilities are included in interest-bearing loans and borrowings.
The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of machinery 
and equipment (i.e. those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement 
date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the lease of low-value assets recognition 
exemption to leases of office equipment that are considered to be low value. Lease payments on 
short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expenses on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and estimated selling price less costs to sell after making 
due allowance for obsolete and slow-moving items. Inventories are recognised as an expense in the 
period in which the related revenue is generated.
Cost is determined on an average cost basis. Cost includes the purchase price and other directly 
attributable costs to bring the inventory to its present location and condition.
At the end of each period, inventories are assessed for impairment. If an item of inventory is 
impaired, the identified inventory is reduced to its selling price less costs to complete and sell and an 
impairment charge is recognised in the income statement.
Royalties
Royalties payable reflect balances owed to brand owners for the right to use the brand name. 
The royalty is payable based on a pre-agreed percentage of sales volumes, with some arrangements 
also having minimum royalty payments for specific periods. Royalties payable are recognised on 
delivery of the products covered by such arrangements, with an additional accrual made where it is 
considered that the sales level required to meet the minimum payment will not be met.
Financial instruments – initial recognition and subsequent measurement
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial 
liability or equity instrument of another entity.
Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial assets are classified at initial recognition and subsequently measured at amortised cost.
Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, the financial assets of the Group are classified as financial 
assets at amortised cost (debt instruments).
Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (‘EIR’) 
method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the 
asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.
The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost include trade receivables, other receivables and loans 
to Group undertakings.
The Group does not have any financial assets at fair value through OCI or financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss.
Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a Group of similar financial 
assets) is primarily derecognised (i.e. removed from the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position) when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired.
When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a 
pass-through arrangement, it evaluates if, and to what extent, it has retained the risks and rewards 
of ownership.
When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, 
nor transferred control of the asset, the Group continues to recognise the transferred asset to the 
extent of its continuing involvement. In that case, the Group also recognises an associated liability. 
The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights 
and obligations that the Group has retained.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
2. Accounting policies continued

109
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
109
Financial liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through 
profit or loss, loans and borrowings or payables, as appropriate.
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings 
and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.
The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings including 
bank overdrafts.
Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial liabilities are classified in two categories:
	
‒ Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss; and
	
‒ Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and borrowings).
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 the Group has not designated any financial liability 
as at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and borrowings)
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the 
liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees 
or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance costs in the 
income statement. This category generally applies to interest-bearing loans and borrowings.
Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled 
or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on 
substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an 
exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition 
of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in the income 
statement.
Refinancing
Where a loan arrangement is replaced with a subsequent facility which is materially different in relation 
to repayment structure or interest rate, or a loan arrangement is repaid and a new loan entered, any 
capitalised loan arrangement fees in respect of the previous loan are expensed, with transaction costs 
relating to the new loan capitalised and held against the value of the related liability.
Impairment of financial assets 
The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (‘ECLs’) for all debt instruments 
not held at fair value through profit or loss. ECLs are based on the difference between the 
contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group 
expects to receive.
For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating 
ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss 
allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date.
The Group considers a financial asset in default when internal or external information indicates 
that the Group is unlikely to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full before taking into 
account any credit enhancements held by the Group. A financial asset is written off when there is no 
reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise 
cash on hand and demand deposits, and short-term highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible into known amounts of cash, that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, 
and have a short maturity of generally within three months when acquired, less bank overdrafts which 
are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.
For the purpose of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, cash and cash equivalents 
comprise cash on hand and at banks, including term deposits, and assets similar in nature to cash, 
which are not restricted as to use.
Classification of shares as debt or equity instruments
Financial instruments issued by the Group are classified as equity only to the extent that they do not 
meet the definition of a financial liability. An equity instrument is a contract that evidences a residual 
interest in assets or an entity after deducting all its liabilities. Accordingly, a financial instrument is 
treated as equity if:
	
‒ there is no contractual obligation to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial 
assets or liabilities on terms that may be unfavourable; and
	
‒ the instrument is a non-derivative that contains no contractual obligation to deliver a variable 
number of shares or is a derivative that will be settled only by the Company exchanging a fixed 
amount of cash or other assets for a fixed number of the Company’s own equity instruments.
Costs associated with the issue or sale of equity instruments are allocated against equity to the extent 
that the issue is a new issue, or expensed to the profit and loss for existing equity instruments.

110
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Share-based payments
Employees (including senior executives) of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based 
payments, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-
settled transactions).
The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when the grant is 
made using an appropriate valuation model, further details of which are given in the detailed notes to 
the accounts. That cost is recognised in employee benefits expense together with a corresponding 
increase in share option reserve, over the period in which the service and, where applicable, the 
performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period).
The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until 
the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best 
estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit in the 
income statement for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the 
beginning and end of that period.
Service performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair 
value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group’s best 
estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Any other conditions attached 
to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting 
conditions. Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and lead to an immediate 
expensing of an award unless there are also service and/or performance conditions.
No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because service conditions have 
not been met. Where awards include a non-vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vested 
irrespective of whether the non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/
or service conditions are satisfied. If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum 
expense recognised is the grant date fair value of the unmodified award provided the original 
vesting terms of the award are met. An additional expense, measured as at the date of modification, 
is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment 
transaction or is otherwise beneficial to the employee. Where an award is cancelled by the entity or 
by the counterparty, any remaining element of the fair value of the award is expensed immediately 
through profit or loss. The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share 
dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share, to the extent that they are dilutive. 
Deferred and contingent consideration in relation to acquisitions
Deferred consideration to the previous owners arising on acquisitions are treated as part of the 
consideration for the acquisition, with the liability recognised on the statement of financial position at 
the date of the acquisition. Where the consideration is contingent on continuing employment within 
the Group, the charge is recognised through the income statement over the period to which it relates.
Taxation
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax relating to items recognised outside 
profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss, either in other comprehensive income or directly in 
equity. Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from 
or paid to the taxation authorities, based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period, taking into consideration interpretations and 
practices prevailing in the countries in which the Group operates. Tax liabilities are recognised when it 
is considered probable that there will be a future outflow of funds to a taxing authority. Uncertainties 
regarding availability of tax losses, in respect of enquiries raised and additional tax measurements 
issued, may be measured using the expected value method or single best estimate approach, 
depending on the nature of the uncertainty. Tax provisions are based on management’s interpretation 
of country-specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. Management uses professional firms and 
previous experience when assessing tax risks.
Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences at the end of 
the reporting period between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts 
for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences, except:
	
‒ when the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a 
transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the 
accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss, nor give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary 
differences; and
	
‒ in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates 
and joint ventures, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled 
and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, the carry forward of 
unused tax credits and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it 
is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, the 
carryover of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:
	
‒ when the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time 
of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss, nor give rise to 
equal taxable and deductible temporary differences; and
	
‒ in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, 
associates and joint ventures, deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will 
be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and 
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow 
all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed 
at the end of each reporting period and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that 
sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be recovered.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
2. Accounting policies continued

111
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
111
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the 
period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if and only if a legally enforceable right exists 
to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to income 
taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity and the same taxation 
authority or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a 
net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which 
significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.
Foreign currencies
These Financial Statements are presented in GBP, which is the Group’s presentational currency. 
Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the Financial 
Statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. Foreign currency transactions 
recorded by the entities in the Group are initially recorded using their respective functional currency 
rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional 
currency rates of exchange ruling at the end of the reporting period. Differences arising on settlement 
or translation of monetary items are recognised in profit or loss.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated 
using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at 
fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value 
was measured.
The gain or loss arising on translation of a non-monetary item measured at fair value is treated in line 
with the recognition of the gain or loss on change in fair value of the item (i.e. translation difference on 
the item whose fair value gain or loss is recognised in other comprehensive income or profit or loss is 
also recognised in other comprehensive income or profit or loss, respectively).
The functional currency of INSPECS Group plc is GBP. The functional currencies of certain overseas 
subsidiaries are currencies other than the GBP. At the end of the reporting period, the assets and 
liabilities of these entities are translated into GBP at the exchange rates prevailing at the end of the 
reporting period and their income statements are translated into GBP at the average exchange rates 
for the year.
The resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated 
in the foreign currency translation reserve. On disposal of a foreign operation, the component of other 
comprehensive income relating to that particular foreign operation is recognised in profit or loss.
For the purpose of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the cash flows of overseas subsidiaries 
are translated at the average exchange rates for the year.
Pensions and other post-employment benefits
The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes, where the amounts charged to the 
statement of comprehensive income are the contributions payable in the year. Differences between 
contributions payable in the year and the contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals 
or prepayments.
Provisions
A provision is required when a present obligation (legal or constructive) has arisen as a result of a 
past event and it is probable that a future outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, 
provided that a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. When the effect of 
discounting is material, the amount recognised for a provision is the present value at the end of the 
reporting period.
Non-underlying costs
Non-underlying costs are those that in the Directors’ view should be separately disclosed due to their 
nature to enable a full understanding of the Group’s financial performance. These include income and 
expenditure that is considered outside of the usual course of business and therefore is separately 
identified to allow the users of the Financial Statements comparability versus prior periods. The main 
categories of costs disclosed as non-underlying are acquisition costs, restructuring costs and other 
professional service costs relating to the accounting integration of acquisitions. 
New and amended standards and interpretations
The following standards have been published and are mandatory for accounting periods beginning 
after 1 January 2024:
	
‒ Amendments to IAS 1: Presentation of Financial Statements: Classification of Liabilities as Current 
or Non-current
	
‒ Amendments to IFRS 16: Leases
	
‒ Amendments to IAS 7: Statement of Cashflows
	
‒ Amendments to IFRS 7: Financial Instruments: Disclosures
None of the above standards have given rise to a significant change in the reported results or financial 
position of the Group or Company.
The following standards have been published but are not mandatory for the year ended 31 December 2024 
and have not been early adopted by the Group: 
	
‒ IFRS 18: Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
	
‒ IFRS 19: Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures
	
‒ Amendments to IAS 21: The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates
The Group is currently reviewing the impact of the new standards not yet in issue which are expected 
to change the structure and presentation of the Group’s Financial Statements. 

112
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources  
of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of the Group’s Financial Statements requires management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and 
liabilities, and their accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty 
about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets or liabilities affected in the future.
Estimates involve the determination of the quantum of accounting balances to be recognised. 
Judgements typically involve decisions such as whether to recognise an asset or liability.
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the 
end of the reporting period, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below.
Impairment of goodwill
The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an 
estimation of the value in use of the CGUs to which the goodwill is allocated. Estimating the value in 
use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGUs and 
also to choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. 
The Group has considered the impact of climate risk on these cash flow assessments as detailed in 
note 13, with mitigations such as price structuring detailed on pages 56 to 64. The carrying amount of 
goodwill at 31 December 2024 was £55,741,000 (2023: £55,578,000). No provision for impairment of 
goodwill was made as at the end of the reporting period. See note 13 for further details.
Right of return
Management applies assumptions in determining the right of return liability and the associated right of 
return asset. These assumptions are based on analysis of historical data trends but require estimation 
of appropriate time periods and expected return rates. During the period, a change in commercial 
arrangement has been made in relation to the period over which returns are accepted, with this under 
the control of the Group, and this applied to the current period end position. This has been recognised 
through the current year profit and loss in line with IAS 8.
The right of return liability at the period end is £10,608,000 (2023: £11,297,000) with an associated 
right of return asset (held within inventory) of £1,247,000 (2023: £1,415,000). If the change in 
commercial arrangement was not applied as at 31 December 2024, a right of return liability of 
£11,175,000 and an associated inventory asset of £1,347,000 would have been recognised.
Judgements made by management which are considered to have a material impact on the Financial 
Statements are as follows:
Uncertain tax positions
Tax authorities could challenge and investigate the Group’s transfer pricing or tax domicile 
arrangements. As a growing, international business, there is an inherent risk that local tax authorities 
around the world could challenge either historical transfer pricing arrangements between other 
entities within the Group and subsidiaries or branches in those local jurisdictions, or the tax domicile 
of subsidiaries or branches that operate in those local jurisdictions. Judgement is therefore required 
in determining the completeness of all uncertain tax positions identified. Further details are given in 
note 29.
Intangible Assets
On an annual basis, the Group assess its intangible assets for indicators of impairment using both 
external and internal sources of information. If an indicator of impairment is identified, the Group 
estimates the recoverable amount of the asset. The judgements made by management in determining 
whether there are any indicators of impairment can have a material impact on the Financial 
Statements. During 2024, no indicators of impairment in relation to material intangible assets were 
identified. The carrying amount of intangible assets as at 31 December 2024 was £23,406,000 (2023: 
£29,813,000). See note 14 for further details.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profit will be available against which the losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is 
required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely 
timing and the level of future taxable profits, together with future tax planning strategies. See note 28 
for further details.
4. Non-statutory measures
When reviewing performance, the Directors use alternative performance measures in order to give 
meaningful year on year comparison. These alternative performance measures are:
	
‒ EBITDA
	
‒ Underlying EBITDA
	
‒ Underlying Profit Before Tax (formally Adjusted Profit Before Tax) 
	
‒ Underlying Profit After Tax
	
‒ Underlying operating expenses
	
‒ Revenue on a constant exchange rate basis
Whilst we recognise that the measures used are alternative (non-Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles) performance measures which are not defined within IFRS, these measures are important 
and should be considered alongside the IFRS measures.
During the year the Group has introduced a new alternative performance measure, being Underlying 
Profit After Tax. Underlying Profit After Tax presents a performance measure of the company’s 
profitability by excluding one-time charges and non-operational items, with this measure building 
on Underlying EBITDA to include depreciation, interest and current tax charges. This performance 
measure is used by the Board and is considered to give the users of these financial statements 
increased understanding of the financial performance of the Group.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024

113
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
113
A reconciliation to these non-GAAP performance measures is shown below:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Operating profit
3,413
2,888
Add back: Amortisation
6,806
6,910
Add back: Depreciation
6,011
6,129
EBITDA
16,230
15,927
Add back: Share-based payment expense
371
972
Add back: Earnout on acquisition
981
1,140
Underlying EBITDA
17,582
18,039
Less: Depreciation
(6,011)
(6,129)
Less: Interest (excluding amortisation of loan arrangement fees)
(3,802)
(3,774)
Underlying Profit Before Tax
7,769
8,136
Less: Current tax expense
(4,176)
(2,932)
Underlying Profit After Tax
3,593
5,204
Less: Amortisation of loan arrangement fees
(234)
(141)
Less: Amortisation
(6,806)
(6,910)
Less: Share-based payment expense
(371)
(972)
Less: Earnout on acquisition
(981)
(1,140)
Less: Non-underlying costs (net)
(468)
(58)
Less: Share of loss of associate and joint venture
(29)
(12)
Add: Exchange adjustment on borrowings
97
1,312
Add: Deferred tax income
591
1,720
Loss for the period
(4,608)
(997)
Underlying Profit After Tax is used to calculate basic and diluted Underlying earnings per share as per 
note 12. Underlying operating expenses, as referenced on page 25, is calculated as the difference 
between gross profit and Underlying EBITDA. 
In addition, the Directors consider the revenue of the Group on a constant exchange rate basis.  
This is calculated using the average exchange rates in effect for the corresponding comparative 
period for the translation of its overseas operations. The table below shows exchange rate 
movements for our key operations.
Annual average 
rate in 2024
Annual average 
rate in 2023
Euro (£1 = EUR)
1.181
1.150
US Dollar (£1 = USD)
1.278
1.243
5. Revenue
The revenue of the Group is attributable to the one principal activity of the Group.
a) Geographical analysis
The Group’s revenue by destination is split in the following geographic areas:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
United Kingdom
24,165
24,132
Europe (excluding UK)
87,601
94,572
North America
72,100
69,305
South America
1,711
1,825
Asia
3,771
4,678
Africa
358
515
Australia
8,552
8,265
198,258
203,292
For the year ended 31 December 2024 the Group had no customers which accounted for more than 
10% of the Group’s revenue. For the year ended 31 December 2023 the Group had one customer 
which accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s revenues, with the revenue generated from this 
customer amounting to £21,769,000. The revenue from this customer was generated across both the 
Frames & Optics and Manufacturing reportable segments identified in note 6. 
For the year ended 31 December 2024 the Group had revenues attributed to two foreign countries 
which accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue. These countries were the United 
States of America with revenues of £67,316,000 (2023: £63,707,000) and Germany with revenues of 
£64,246,000 (2023: £68,579,000).

114
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
b) Right of return assets and liabilities
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Right of return asset
1,247
1,415
Right of return liability
(10,608)
(11,297)
The right of return asset is presented as a component of inventory (note 17) and the right of return 
liability is presented separately on the face of the statement of financial position. The right of return 
liability is presented as a current liability as the timing of its utilisation is dependent on customer 
returns which varies period to period and is outside of the Group’s control.
6. Segment information
The Group operates in three operating segments, which upon application of the aggregation criteria 
set out in IFRS 8 Operating Segments results in three reporting segments:
	
‒ Frames and Optics product distribution
	
‒ Manufacturing – being OEM and manufacturing distribution
	
‒ Lenses – being manufacturing and distribution of lenses
The criteria applied to identify the operating segments are consistent with the way the Group is 
managed. In particular, the disclosures are consistent with the information regularly reviewed by the 
CEO and the CFO in their role as Chief Operating Decision Makers, to make decisions about resources 
to be allocated to the segments and to assess their performance.
The reportable segments subject to disclosure are consistent with the organisational model adopted 
by the Group during the financial year ended 31 December 2024 and are as follows:
Frames 
and Optics
£’000
Manufacturing 
(previously 
Wholesale) 
£’000
Lenses 
£’000
Total before 
adjustments 
and eliminations 
£’000
Adjustments 
and eliminations 
£’000
Total 
£’000
Revenue
External
172,221
20,735
4,913
197,869
389
198,258
Internal
3,773
1,478
296
5,547
(5,547)
–
175,994
22,213
5,209
203,416
(5,158)
198,258
Cost of sales
(85,851)
(11,097)
(3,141)
(100,089)
5,282
(94,807)
Gross profit
90,143
11,116
2,068
103,327
124
103,451
Expenses
(74,577)
(5,386)
(3,991)
(83,954)
(3,267)
(87,221)
Depreciation
(4,661)
(701)
(546)
(5,908)
(103)
(6,011)
Amortisation
(5,938)
(847)
(21)
(6,806)
–
(6,806)
Operating profit/(loss)
4,967
4,182
(2,490)
6,659
(3,246)
3,413
Exchange adjustment 
on borrowings
97
Non-underlying costs 
(net)
(468)
Finance costs
(4,237)
Finance income
201
Share of loss of associate 
and joint venture
(29)
Taxation
(3,585)
Loss for the year
(4,608)
Total assets
332,447
64,343
9,722
406,512
(188,002)
218,510
Total liabilities
(194,493)
(5,569) (17,038)
(217,100)
163,350
(53,750)
Deferred tax asset
1,738
Current tax liability
(3,377)
Deferred tax liability
(1,968)
Borrowings
(62,467)
Group net assets
98,686
Other disclosures
Capital additions
1,645
939
336
2,920
–
2,920
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
5. Revenue continued

115
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
115
The reportable segments subject to disclosure are consistent with the organisational model adopted 
by the Group during the financial year ended 31 December 2023 and are as follows:
Frames 
and Optics
£’000
Manufacturing 
(previously 
Wholesale)  
£’000
Lenses 
£’000
Total before 
adjustments 
and eliminations 
£’000
Adjustments 
and eliminations 
£’000
Total 
£’000
Revenue
External
178,968
20,169
4,155
203,292
–
203,292
Internal
4,681
1,848
316
6,845
(6,845)
–
183,649
22,017
4,471
210,137
(6,845)
203,292
Cost of sales
(92,871)
(11,712)
(2,509)
(107,092)
7,347
(99,745)
Gross profit
90,778
10,305
1,962
103,045
502
103,547
Expenses
(74,606)
(5,013)
(3,407)
(83,026)
(4,594)
(87,620)
Depreciation
(4,826)
(698)
(556)
(6,080)
(49)
(6,129)
Amortisation
(6,248)
(643)
(19)
(6,910)
(6,910)
Operating profit/(loss)
5,098
3,951
(2,020)
7,029
(4,141)
2,888
Exchange adjustment 
on borrowings
1,312
Non-underlying costs 
(net)
(58)
Finance costs
(4,155)
Finance income
240
Share of loss of associate 
and joint venture
(12)
Taxation
(1,212)
Loss for the year
(997)
Total assets
320,836
64,585
9,672
395,093
(176,013)
219,080
Total liabilities
(182,225)
(5,543) (14,408)
(202,176)
151,741
(50,435)
Deferred tax asset
2,826
Current tax liability
(2,186)
Deferred tax liability
(3,647)
Borrowings
(62,121)
Group net assets
103,517
Other disclosures
Capital additions
1,980
3,592
178
5,750
–
5,750
Total assets are the Group’s gross assets excluding deferred tax asset. Total liabilities are the Group’s 
gross liabilities excluding loans and borrowings, current and deferred tax liabilities.
Non-underlying costs (net), as well as net finance costs and taxation, are not allocated to individual 
segments as they relate to Group-wide activities as opposed to individual reporting segments.
Deferred tax and borrowings are not allocated to individual segments as they are managed on a 
Group basis.
Adjusted items relate to elimination of all intra-group items including any profit adjustments on  
intra-group sales that are eliminated on consolidation, along with the profit and loss items of the 
Parent Company.
Adjusted items in relation to segmental assets and liabilities relate to the elimination of all intra-group 
balances and investments in subsidiaries, and assets and liabilities of the Parent Company.
Underlying EBITDA by segment
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Frames and Optics
16,628
17,620
Manufacturing
5,890
5,581
Lenses
(1,923)
(1,445)
Adjustments and eliminations
(3,013)
(3,717)
17,582
18,039
Non-current operating assets
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
United Kingdom
7,206
7,376
Europe
52,501
79,302
North America
25,024
6,938
Asia
27,064
27,375
111,795
120,991
Non-current assets for this purpose consist of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, 
goodwill and intangible assets. 
During the year we have identified Tura and Eschenbach as separate CGUs (see note 13), and as a 
result, the goodwill, along with the customer relationship intangible assets arising on acquisition have 
been reallocated from Europe to North America in the above table.
With respect to non-current assets located in material individual foreign countries, the Group has 
determined that the necessary information is not available and the cost to develop this is excessive.

116
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
7. Employees and Directors
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Wages and salaries
50,325
48,482
Social security costs
7,623
8,809
Pension costs
682
532
Share-based payment expense
371
972
59,001
58,795
The average number of employees during the year by operating segment was as follows:
2024
2023
Frames and Optics
681
669
Manufacturing 
894
928
Lenses
79
76
1,654
1,673
Directors’ remuneration during the year was as follows:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Directors’ salaries
1,043
1,028
Directors’ pension contributions
12
13
Share options
–
–
1,055
1,041
Information regarding the highest paid Director is as follows:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Salary
286
286
Pension contributions
4
5
Share options
–
–
Total remuneration
290
291
The number of Directors to whom employer pension contributions were made by the Group during the 
year is three (2023: three). This was in the form of a defined contribution pension scheme.
Remuneration of key management personnel has been disclosed in note 30. For more information on 
Director pay, please refer to the Remuneration and Nomination Committee Report on pages 84 to 87.
8. Non-underlying costs (net)
Non-underlying costs (net) are those that in the Directors’ view should be separately disclosed 
by virtue of their size, nature or incidence to enable a full understanding of the Group’s financial 
performance in the year and business trends over time. Non-underlying costs (net) incurred during 
the year are as follows:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Restructuring costs
335
58
Acquisition costs
24
–
Withholding tax provision charge
302
–
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(193)
–
468
58
Restructuring costs of £335,000 (2023: £58,000) were incurred in the period in relation to strategic 
reorganisation and simplification, including the integration of INSPECS USA with Tura and a sales 
team restructure for one of our European subsidiaries. A provision of £302,000 (2023: £nil) has been 
recognised through non-underlying costs in relation to pre-acquisition withholding tax on one of the 
Group’s subsidiaries. Acquisition costs of £24,000 (2023: £nil) were incurred relating to the acquisition 
of A-Optikk AS. Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment of £193,000 (2023: £nil) relates to 
the sale of the Magdala Road property previously used as the manufacturing facility by Norville. 
9. Finance costs and finance income
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Finance costs
Bank loan interest
3,102
3,377
Invoice discounting interest and charges
264
136
Loan transaction costs
234
138
Lease interest
589
504
Other finance costs
48
–
Total finance costs
4,237
4,155
Finance income
Interest receivable
201
240
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024

117
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
117
10. (Loss)/profit before income tax
The (loss)/profit before income tax is stated after charging:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Cost of inventories recognised as expense
68,947
73,508
Short-term leases
377
434
Depreciation – owned assets (note 15)
2,348
2,335
Depreciation – right-of-use assets (note 25)
3,663
3,794
Amortisation – intangibles (note 14)
6,806
6,910
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for audit services:
Audit of the Company and Group accounts
843
830
Audit of the subsidiaries
701
698
Total audit fees
1,544
1,528
Other assurance services
–
5
Total non-audit fees
–
5
Total auditor’s remuneration
1,544
1,533
11. Income tax
Analysis of tax expense:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Current tax:
Current tax on profits for the year
407
88
Overseas current tax expense
3,710
2,979
Adjustment in respect of prior years
59
(135)
Total current tax
4,176 
2,932
Deferred tax: (see note 28)
Deferred tax income relating to the origination and reversal  
of timing differences
(578)
(1,555)
Effect of changes in tax rates
–
(62)
Adjustment in respect of prior years
(13)
(103)
Total deferred tax
(591)
(1,720)
Total tax charge reported in the consolidated income statement
3,585
1,212

118
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Factors affecting the tax charge
The tax charge assessed for the year is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. 
The difference is explained below:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
(Loss)/profit before income tax
(1,023)
215
(Loss)/profit multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the UK  
of 25.0% (2023: 23.5%)
(256)
51
Effects of:
Non-deductible expenses
154
202
Increase in provision for uncertain tax liabilities
552
12
Share-based payment
20
113
Different tax rate for overseas subsidiaries
3
(208)
Tax rate changes
–
(58)
Overseas tax charges
3
325
Amounts not recognised for deferred tax
2,675
603
Effects of Group relief/other reliefs
392
–
Adjustments in respect of prior year
42
172
Tax charge
3,585
1,212
Movements in other comprehensive income relating to foreign exchange on consolidation are 
not taxable.
As a result of the increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023, the 
standard rate of corporation tax in the UK for the year ended 31 December 2023 was 23.5%.
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the Group operates.  
However, this legislation does not apply to the Group as its consolidated revenue is lower than €750m.
12. Loss per share (‘LPS’)
Basic LPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders 
of the Parent by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted LPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the 
Parent by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year plus the 
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares that would be issued on conversion of all the dilutive 
potential Ordinary Shares into Ordinary Shares, to the extent that the inclusion of such shares is not 
anti-dilutive. A loss has been made in the year to 31 December 2024 and the comparative period.  
In accordance with IAS 33, potential Ordinary Shares shall be treated as dilutive when, and only when, 
their conversion to Ordinary Shares would decrease earnings per share or increase loss per share 
from continuing operations. As a loss is made, including the dilution of potential Ordinary Shares 
reduces the loss per share and therefore the outstanding options should not be treated as dilutive 
when calculating LPS.
Basic underlying earnings per share figures are calculated by dividing Underlying Profit After Tax  
for the year by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year.  
Diluted underlying earnings per share figures are calculated by dividing Underlying Profit After Tax  
for the year by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares plus the weighted average number  
of Ordinary Shares that would be issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary Shares  
into Ordinary Shares. A reconciliation to Underlying Profit After Tax can be found in note 4.
The following table reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted LPS calculations:
Year ended 31 December 2024
Basic weighted 
average number 
of Ordinary 
Shares 
(‘000)
Total (loss)/
earnings 
(£‘000)
(Loss)/earnings 
per share 
(pence)
Basic loss per share
101,672
(4,608)
(4.53)
Diluted loss per share
101,672
(4,608)
(4.53)
Basic underlying earnings per share
101,672
3,593
3.53
Diluted underlying earnings per share
106,824
3,593
3.36
Year ended 31 December 2023
Basic weighted 
average number 
of Ordinary 
Shares 
(‘000)
Total (loss)/
earnings 
(£‘000)
(Loss)/earnings 
per share 
(pence)
Basic loss per share
101,672
(997)
(0.98)
Diluted loss per share
101,672
(997)
(0.98)
Basic underlying earnings per share
101,672
5,204
5.12
Diluted underlying earnings per share
107,246
5,204
4.85
Refer to note 22 for details in relation to the shares in issue and their rights.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
11. Income tax continued

119
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
119
13. Goodwill
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2024
55,578
Additions
163
At 31 December 2024
55,741
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2024
55,741
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2023 and 31 December 2023
55,578
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2023
55,578
The following table reflects how the goodwill acquired through business combinations has been 
allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGU’s’): 
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Eschenbach Group GmbH
26,405
42,884
Tura Inc
16,479
–
Twenty20 Limited
9,516
9,516
Ego Eyewear Limited
2,181
2,181
BoDe Design GmbH
807
807
INSPECS Limited
173
173
A-Optikk AS
163
–
INSPECS USA
17
17
55,741
55,578
During the year goodwill has been reallocated from the Eschenbach Group GmbH cash-generating 
unit to a new Tura Inc cash-generating unit. This was required following a change in the reporting and 
management structure of the Group, and in turn, the lowest level at which the largely independent 
cash inflows are generated. The allocation was performed using the relative value method, based on 
the recoverable amount of each CGU on 1 January 2024.
Impairment testing of goodwill 
The recoverable amount of each CGU has been determined based on individual value in use 
calculations using cash flow projections covering a five-year period approved by senior management. 
The forecasts for 2025 have been prepared based on Board approved budgets for 2025.  
Financial years 2026 to 2029 were forecasted based on specific growth rates for each CGU.  
From 2030 onwards we have assumed a 2.0% (2023: 2.0%) terminal growth rate.
As part of our goodwill impairment assessments, we consider the financial impact of climate-related 
risks and opportunities and our committed transition targets on the Group’s cash flow projections. 
In the short to medium term (defined as until 2030) we do not expect climate-related risks or 
opportunities to have a significant impact on the Group’s financial projections. Costs to meet our 
climate-related targets are built into local entity budgets with efficiency savings largely expected 
to off-set any costs. The long-term impacts of climate change are a lot more uncertain; INSPECS’ 
financial modelling of these risks and opportunities remains ongoing. We have used market CAGR 
rates for our long-term growth projections which include the market’s assessments of all future risks. 
We deem this to be appropriate as from our assessment INSPECS is not more susceptible to climate 
risks than the market average.
The discount rates used are before tax and reflect specific risks where required relating to the cash-
generating unit. For material goodwill balances, discount rates used for each value in use calculation 
along with relevant sensitivity analyses are detailed as follows:
Eschenbach Holdings GmbH
The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was 13.3% (2023: 12.4%). For the period 2026 
to 2029, the following assumptions have been used: 2.1% (2023: 5.0%) per annum revenue growth,  
flat gross profit margin and 2.0% (2023: 2.0%) per annum increase in administrative expenses.  
Based on management’s assessment there is no impairment adjustment required on goodwill.
To recognise an impairment on the discount rate alone, the discount rate would need to exceed 13.8% 
(2023: 19.8%). To recognise an impairment on the revenue growth rate 2026-2029 alone, the revenue 
growth rate would need to drop below 1.9% (2023: 2.0%) per year. To recognise an impairment on the 
administrative expenses growth rate 2026-2029 alone, the administrative costs growth would need to 
exceed 2.2% per year (2023: 5.8%). To recognise an impairment on the terminal growth rate alone, the 
terminal growth rate would need to drop below 1.3% (2023: (14.1)%).
Tura Inc
The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was 14.4%. For the period 2026 to 2029, the 
following assumptions have been used: 3.9% per annum revenue growth, being above the market 
rate, based on Group synergies expected to be delivered, flat gross profit margin and 2.5% per annum 
increase in administrative expenses. Based on management’s assessment there is no impairment 
adjustment required on goodwill.
To recognise an impairment on the discount rate alone, the discount rate would need to exceed 
19.2%. To recognise an impairment on the revenue growth rate 2026-2029 alone, the revenue growth 
rate would need to drop below 0.8% per year.

120
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Twenty20 Limited
The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was 11.9% (2023: 11.7%). For the period 2026 
to 2029, the following assumptions have been used: 4.2% (2023: 3.0%) per annum revenue growth, 
with the above market growth expectation as a result of additional expected revenue generated by 
the new factory, flat gross profit margin and 2.5% (2023: 3%) per annum increase in administrative 
expenses. Based on management’s assessment there is no impairment adjustment required  
on goodwill.
To recognise an impairment on the discount rate alone, the discount rate would need to exceed 
16.2% (2023: 17.8%). If the terminal growth rate was decreased to 1.0%, the discount rate applied to 
the cash flow projections would need to exceed 15.6% (2023: 17.2%) before an impairment would be 
recognised. To recognise an impairment on the revenue movement 2026-2029 alone, revenue would 
need to drop by more than 4.2% (2023: 12.7%) per year.
EGO Eyewear Limited
The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was 13.0% (2023: 10.6%). For the period 2026 
to 2029, the following assumptions have been used: 2.5% (2023: 5%) per annum revenue growth 
and a 2.0% (2023: 5%) per annum increase in administrative expenses. Based on management’s 
assessment there is no impairment adjustment required on goodwill.
To recognise an impairment on the discount rate alone, the discount rate would need to exceed 20.3% 
(2023: 15.4%). To recognise an impairment on the administrative expenses growth rate 2026-2029 
alone, the rate of increase in costs would need to exceed 9.2% (2023: 8.7%) per year. To recognise an 
impairment on the revenue movement 2026-2029 alone, revenue would need to drop by more than 
2.2% (2023: 1.8%) per year.
BoDe Design GmbH
The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was 13.9% (2023: 14.1%). For the period 2026 
to 2029, the following assumptions have been used: 1.7% (2023: 5%) per annum revenue growth, flat 
gross profit margin and 2.0% (2023: 3%) per annum increase in administrative expenses. The terminal 
growth rate of 2.0% (2023: 2.0%), applied from 2030 onwards, is higher than the revenue growth rate 
for 2026 to 2029. This assumption is based on the expected recovery of the German economy from 
2030. Based on management’s assessment there is no impairment adjustment required on goodwill.
To recognise an impairment on the discount rate alone, the discount rate would need to exceed 23.8% 
(2023: 33.7%). To recognise an impairment on the revenue movement 2026-2029 alone, revenue 
would need to drop by more than 0.3% (2023: 1.5%) per year.
14. Intangible assets
Patents and 
licences
£’000
Customer 
relationships 
£’000
Trademarks 
£’000
Computer 
software 
£’000
Construction 
in progress
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2024
320
36,934
14,094
4,154
212
55,714
Additions
53
–
–
742
169
964
Disposals
(17)
–
–
(38)
–
(55)
Transfers
327
–
–
28
(355)
–
Exchange differences
3
(539)
(605)
107
(6)
(1,040)
At 31 December 2024
686
36,395
13,489
4,993
20
55,583
Amortisation
At 1 January 2024
244
14,672
8,768
2,217
–
25,901
Amortisation for the year
43
2,970
2,632
1,161
–
6,806
Disposals
(17)
–
–
(38)
–
(55)
Exchange differences
20
(187)
(422)
114
–
(475)
At 31 December 2024
290
17,455
10,978
3,454
–
32,177
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2024
396
18,940
2,511
1,539
20
23,406
Patents and 
licences
£’000
Customer 
relationships 
£’000
Trademarks 
£’000
Computer 
software 
£’000
Construction 
in progress
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2023
384
37,561
14,375
3,461
–
55,781
Additions
49
–
–
938
261
1,248
Disposals
(91)
–
–
(201)
–
(292)
Transfers
–
–
–
48
(48)
–
Exchange differences
(22)
(627)
(281)
(92)
(1)
(1,023)
At 31 December 2023
320
36,934
14,094
4,154
212
55,714
Amortisation
At 1 January 2023
297
11,989
5,938
1,387
–
19,611
Amortisation for the year
56
2,808
2,954
1,092
–
6,910
Disposals
(91)
–
–
(201)
–
(292)
Exchange differences
(18)
(125)
(124)
(61)
–
(328)
At 31 December 2023
244
14,672
8,768
2,217
–
25,901
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2023
76
22,262
5,326
1,937
212
29,813
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
13. Goodwill continued

121
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
121
The individual intangible assets, excluding goodwill, which exceed 10% of the net book value of 
intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are:
2024
2023
Intangible asset
£’000
Remaining 
amortisation 
period
(years) 
£’000
Remaining 
amortisation 
period 
(years) 
Eschenbach customer relationship with 
independents
4,738
6
9,276
7
Tura customer relationship with independents
2,843
6
–
–
EGO customer relationship with a single customer
3,359
5
4,046
6
During the year we have identified Tura and Eschenbach as separate CGUs (see note 13), and as a 
result, the above customer relationship arising on acquisition has also been reallocated, based on 
proportionate sales achieved under the customer relationship by each CGU.
15. Property, plant and equipment
Some of the Group’s property, plant and equipment are subject to a charge to secure against the 
Group’s bank loans.
Freehold 
property 
£’000
Leasehold 
improvement
£’000
Plant & 
machinery 
£’000
Fixtures & 
fittings
£’000 
Computer 
equipment 
£’000
Construction 
in progress 
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2024
10,479
630
10,182
3,817
1,137
3,491
29,736
Additions
170
35
559
326
171
695
1,956
Disposals
–
(33)
(99)
(166)
(83)
–
(381)
Transfers
2,871
–
1,122
–
–
(3,993)
–
Exchange differences
(84)
(16)
(52)
(91)
(20)
(121)
(384)
At 31 December 2024
13,436
616
11,712
3,886
1,205
72
30,927
Depreciation
At 1 January 2024
1,731
275
5,842
2,181
706
–
10,735
Charge for the year
642
65
955
460
226
–
2,348
Disposals
–
(33)
(85)
(156)
(82)
–
(356)
Exchange differences
(12)
(3)
(11)
(31)
(19)
–
(76)
At 31 December 2024
2,361
304
6,701
2,454
831
–
12,651
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2024
11,075
312
5,011
1,432
374
72
18,276
Freehold 
property 
£’000
Leasehold 
improvement
 £’000
Plant & 
machinery 
£’000
Fixtures & 
fittings
£’000 
Computer 
equipment 
£’000
Construction 
in progress 
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2023
10,156
643
10,569
4,112
1,061
521
27,062
Additions
210
29
536
28
172
3,527
4,502
Disposals
–
–
(249)
(112)
(63)
–
(424)
Transfers
378
–
63
30
–
(471)
–
Exchange differences
(265)
(42)
(737)
(241)
(33)
(86)
(1,404)
At 31 December 2023
10,479
630
10,182
3,817
1,137
3,491
29,736
Depreciation
At 1 January 2023
1,294
277
5,564
1,950
553
–
9,638
Charge for the year
510
30
1,081
485
229
–
2,335
Disposals
–
–
(235)
(94)
(59)
–
(388)
Exchange differences
(73)
(32)
(568)
(160)
(17)
–
(850)
At 31 December 2023
1,731
275
5,842
2,181
706
–
10,735
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2023
8,748
355
4,340
1,636
431
3,491
19,001
As at 31 December 2024 the Group had capital commitments of £nil in respect of property, plant and 
equipment (2023: £584,000).

122
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
16. Investments in associate and Joint venture
Share of net assets of associate and joint venture
Interest in 
associate and 
joint venture
£’000 
Cost
At 1 January 2024
98
Share of loss
(29)
Exchange difference
1
At 31 December 2024
70
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2024
70
Share of net assets of associate and joint venture
Interest in 
associate and 
joint venture
£’000 
Cost
At 1 January 2023
112
Share of loss
(12)
Exchange difference
(2)
At 31 December 2023
98
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2023
98
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Revenue
21
15
Expenses
(50)
(27)
Profit before tax
(29)
(12)
Income tax
–
–
Share of profit of associate and joint venture for the year
(29)
(12)
The Group’s associated undertaking is:
	
‒ Ruain Zuoyou Glasses Co Ltd, a company registered in China. 25% of the share capital of Ruain 
Zuoyou is owned by the Group, with Zhongshan Torkai Optical Co Limited being the direct owner of 
these shares.
The Group’s joint venture undertaking is:
	
‒ BeeQuick Logistics Lda, a company registered in Portugal. 40% of the share capital of BeeQuick is 
owned by the Group, with On Sight Services Lda being the direct owner of these shares.
17. Inventories
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Raw materials
3,046
2,710
Work in progress
1,548
1,797
Finished goods
38,159
36,341
42,753
40,848
The above includes amounts in respect of right of return assets and the amount for each year 
is as below:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Finished goods – Right of return asset
1,247
1,415
Inventories are stated after provisions for impairment of £8,852,000 (2023: £7,620,000).
18. Trade and other receivables
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Current:
Trade receivables
28,297
24,168
Prepayments
3,154
2,193
Other receivables
8,374
9,494
39,825
35,855
Part of the Group uses an invoice factoring facility to prefinance certain trade receivables and assist 
with trade receivables collection. Other receivables include £4,194,000 (2023: £4,710,000) relating to 
retentions held by the factorer at the period end until rebate arrangements relating to the preceding 
period are finalised, at which point they are paid to the Group. An ageing analysis of the trade 
receivables as at the end of the reporting period, based on the invoice date and net of loss allowance, 
is as follows:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Invoiced in last month
14,466
9,901
1–2 months
7,384
6,793
2–3 months
3,563
3,523
Over 3 months
2,884
3,951
28,297
24,168
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024

123
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
123
Set out below is the movement in the allowance for expected credit losses of trade receivables.
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
At 1 January
618
640
Movement in the year
(202)
(12)
Exchange adjustment
(14)
(10)
At 31 December
402
618
The Group’s trading terms with its customers are mainly on credit. The credit period is generally 30 to 90 
days. Each customer has a maximum credit limit. The Group seeks to maintain strict control over its 
outstanding receivables and has a credit control department to minimise credit risk. Overdue balances 
are reviewed regularly by senior management. The Group’s large retail chain customers order on 
purchase orders which are paid within 30 to 60 days and the remaining customer base is well diversified, 
and hence there is considered to be no significant credit risk. Acquisitions during recent periods have 
further diversified the reliance on major customers and therefore have further mitigated credit risk. 
Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing and are stated net of loss allowance.
Impairment under IFRS 9 
An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date to measure expected credit losses. 
The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of customer segments with similar 
loss patterns (i.e. by customer type and rating). The calculation reflects the probability-weighted 
outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information that is available at the 
reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. 
Generally, trade receivables are written off if past due for more than one year and are not subject to 
enforcement activity.
19. Cash and cash equivalents
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Cash at bank and in hand
23,960
20,070
23,960
20,070
At the end of the reporting period, the cash and cash equivalents of the Group denominated in 
Renminbi (‘RMB’) amounted to £1,891,000 (2023: £2,085,000). The RMB is not freely convertible 
into other currencies, however, under Mainland China’s Foreign Exchange Control Regulations 
and Administration of Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange Regulations, the Group 
is permitted to exchange RMB for other currencies through a bank authorised to conduct foreign 
exchange business.
Cash at banks earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term time 
deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months depending on the 
immediate cash requirements of the Group and earn interest at the respective short-term time 
deposit rates. The bank balances and time deposits are deposited with creditworthy banks with no 
recent history of default.
20. Assets held for sale
The carrying amount of assets classified as held for sale at 31 December 2024 is £nil (2023: 
£832,000). During the year a sale occurred relating to the Magdala Road property previously used 
as the manufacturing facility by Norville which, as at the end of 2023, was classified as held for sale. 
This sale generated net sale proceeds after costs to sell of £1,025,000 which generated a gain on 
disposal of £193,000. This gain is classified as a non-underlying cost (net) in the Consolidated Income 
Statement. This asset was part of the Lenses reporting segment (note 6).
21. Called up share capital
Authorised and issued share capital:
Number
Class
Nominal value
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
101,671,525 (2023: 101,671,525)
Ordinary
 £0.01
1,017
1,017
1,017
1,017
Each Ordinary Share carries the right to participate in distributions, as respects dividends and 
as respects capital on winding up.
22. Reserves
Share premium
This reserve records the amount above the nominal value of the sums received for shares issued, less 
transaction costs.
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
At 1 January and 31 December
89,508
89,508
Foreign currency translation reserve
This reserve records the foreign currency translation adjustments on consolidation.
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
At 1 January
5,435
9,434
Other comprehensive income
(594)
(3,999)
At 31 December
4,841
5,435

124
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Share option reserve
The share option reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments 
provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration.
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
At 1 January
3,222
2,703
Share-based payment charge
371
972
Share options forfeited
(23)
(453)
At 31 December
3,570
3,222
The share-based payment charge for the year is recognised against the reserve as per IFRS 2 Share-
Based Payments. 30,000 share options have been forfeited during the period as a result of employees 
leaving before the option vesting date. Upon forfeiture of share options, the related share option 
reserve is recycled into accumulated losses, resulting in the movement of £23,000 from the share 
option reserve to accumulated losses. 
Accumulated losses
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
At 1 January
(1,005)
(461)
Loss for the year
(4,608)
(997)
Share options forfeited
23
453
At 31 December
(5,590)
(1,005)
Merger reserve
This reserve arose on the share for share exchange between INSPECS Holdings Limited and INSPECS 
Group plc on 10 January 2020.
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
At 1 January and 31 December
5,340
5,340
23. Trade and other payables
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Current:
Trade payables
25,994
21,368
Social security and other taxes
2,862
3,379
Royalties
2,974
4,255
Accruals
9,439
7,373
41,269
36,375
The trade payables are non-interest-bearing with usual credit terms being 30–90 days. 
24. Financial liabilities – borrowings
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Current:
Invoice discounting
1,777
887
Bank loans
9,796
9,650
Lease liabilities
6,389
3,350
16,185
13,000
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Non-current:
Bank loans
35,263
33,733
Lease liabilities
9,242
14,501
44,505
48,234
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
22. Reserves continued

125
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
125
On 13 December 2024, the Group repaid its previous multi-currency term loan and revolving credit 
facility with HSBC, amounting to £33,568,000. At the same time, the Group entered a new term loan 
with HSBC for €12,000,000 (£9,964,000 equivalent) and a new multi-currency revolving credit facility 
loan amounting to €36,000,000 (£28,232,000 equivalent).
Repayments under the Term loan are €750,000 (£620,000 equivalent) per quarter plus interest, with 
the liability standing at €12,000,000 (£9,944,000 equivalent) at 31 December 2024. Interest is payable 
at the applicable Margin Rate plus EURIBOR calculated daily on a 360-day year basis. The Margin Rate 
is 2.00%, 2.25%, 2.50% or 3.00% dependent upon the Group’s leverage ratio. The loan matures in 
December 2027 with two one-year extension options subject to bank consent. 
As at 31 December 2024, €34,000,000 (£28,174,000 equivalent) of the Revolving Credit Facility  
was drawn. Interest is payable at EURIBOR plus the Margin Rate calculated daily on a 360-day year 
basis. The Margin Rate is 2.10%, 2.35%, 2.60% or 3.10% dependent upon the Group’s leverage  
ratio. The credit facility matures in December 2027, with two one-year extension options subject  
to bank consent.
A further line of credit is held amounting to $10,000,000 (£7,977,000 equivalent). As at 31 December 2024, 
$9,472,000 (£7,556,000 equivalent) was drawn, this is a twelve month rolling facility, due for renewal 
in December 2025. This line of credit holds an interest rate of SOFR plus 2.25%. This is repayable on 
demand and is disclosed as a current liability.
At the balance sheet date, the invoice discounting facility was fully drawn at £1,777,000 (2023: 
£887,000). The invoice discounting facility bears interest at 2.25% over base rate (2023: 2.25%).  
The invoice discounting facility is secured by way of fixed and floating charges over the trade 
receivables of INSPECS Limited. The facility has no fixed end date, with a notice period of  
three months.
The Group’s non-current bank loans have the right to defer settlement beyond twelve months, 
contingent upon compliance with the covenants detailed in note 32.
The Group’s bank loans are secured against the business assets of the Group. The Group’s lease 
liabilities are secured against the assets concerned.
Set out below are the carrying amounts of interest-bearing loans and borrowings and the movements 
during the period:
Lease 
Liabilities
£’000
Bank  
Loans 
£’000
Invoice 
Discounting 
Facility
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 January 2024
17,851
43,383
887
62,121
Acquisition of subsidiary
52
–
–
52
New leases
2,173
–
–
2,173
New loans
–
39,451
890
40,341
Payments
(4,191)
(39,986)
(264)
(44,441)
Interest charge
589
3,102
264
3,955
Transaction costs on debt refinancing
–
(544)
–
(544)
Amortisation of loan arrangement fee
–
234
–
234
Lease termination
(408)
–
–
(408)
Exchange adjustment
(435)
(581)
–
(1,016)
At 31 December 2024
15,631
45,059
1,777
62,467
Lease  
Liabilities
£’000
Bank  
Loans 
£’000
Invoice 
Discounting 
Facility
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 January 2023
19,996
48,298
1,490
69,784
New leases
1,889
–
–
1,889
Payments
(4,148)
(7,391)
(739)
(12,278)
Interest charge
495
3,377
136
4,008
Transaction costs on debt refinancing
–
(281)
–
(281)
Amortisation of loan arrangement fee
–
138
–
138
Exchange adjustment
(381)
(758)
–
(1,139)
At 31 December 2023
17,851
43,383
887
62,121

126
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
25. Right-of-use assets 
The Group has lease contracts for various items of plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment 
used in its operations. Leases of plant and machinery, motor vehicles and leasehold properties 
generally have lease terms between two and five years. The Group’s obligations under its leases are 
secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. The Group’s right-of-use assets are as follows:
Leasehold 
properties
£’000
 Plant & 
machinery
£’000
Motor  
vehicles
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2024
20,833
886
3,042
24,761
Acquisition of subsidiary
33
–
11
44
Additions
550
31
1,592
2,173
End of lease
(940)
(161)
(1,024)
(2,125)
Exchange differences
(517)
(21)
(146)
(684)
At 31 December 2024
19,959
735
3,475
24,169
Depreciation
At 1 January 2024
5,735
267
2,160
8,162
Charge for the year
2,389
191
1,083
3,663
Eliminated on end of lease
(575)
(161)
(1,002)
(1,738)
Exchange differences
(188)
(8)
(94)
(290)
At 31 December 2024
7,361
289
2,147
9,797
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2024
12,598
446
1,328
14,372
Leasehold 
properties
£’000
 Plant & 
machinery
£’000
Motor  
vehicles
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2023
21,624
542
2,987
25,153
Additions
1,111
455
323
1,889
End of lease
–
(96)
(234)
(330)
Sub-lease entered
(1,423)
–
–
(1,423)
Exchange differences
(479)
(15)
(34)
(528)
At 31 December 2023
20,833
886
3,042
24,761
Depreciation
At 1 January 2023
4,048
183
1,239
5,470
Charge for the year
2,443
186
1,165
3,794
Eliminated on end of lease
–
(96)
(234)
(330)
Sub-lease entered
(646)
–
–
(646)
Exchange differences
(110)
(6)
(10)
(126)
At 31 December 2023
5,735
267
2,160
8,162
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2023
15,098
619
882
16,599
During 2023, the Group entered into a sub-lease with regards to one of its German properties. 
The impact of this was a reduction in the right of use net book value of £777,000, classified as sub-
lease entered in the above table. A corresponding financial asset was recognised and is included as 
part of trade and other receivables.
The carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the period are shown in note 24.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024

127
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
127
26. Analysis of cash flows given in the Statement of Cash Flows
A reconciliation of profit for the year to cash generated from operations is shown below:
Notes
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
(Loss)/profit before income tax
(1,023)
215
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
15, 25
6,011
6,129
Amortisation
14
6,806
6,910
Share of loss of associate and joint venture
16
29
12
Share-based payment
31
371
972
Exchange adjustment on borrowings
32
(97)
(1,312)
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
8
(193)
–
Withholding tax provision
8, 29
302
–
Finance costs
9
4,237
4,155
Finance income
9
(201)
(240)
Changes in working capital
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(1,873)
7,310
Increase in trade and other receivables
(3,931)
(4,711)
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
3,748
(2,526)
Cash flows from operating activities
14,186
16,914
27. Deferred and contingent consideration
Deferred and contingent considerations payable relate to the acquisitions of BoDe Design GmbH and 
EGO Eyewear Limited. The split of the deferred and contingent consideration between each entity is 
as follows:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
EGO Eyewear Limited
–
652
Total non-current deferred consideration
–
652
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
EGO Eyewear Limited
700
700
Total current deferred consideration
700
700
BoDe Design GmbH
343
467
EGO Eyewear Limited
830
944
Total current contingent consideration
1,173
1,411
Total current deferred and contingent consideration
1,873
2,111
The previous owners of BoDe Design and EGO Eyewear are entitled to earnout payments based 
on the performance of each entity to 31 December 2025. A charge has been recognised in the 
income statement of £981,000 (2023: £1,140,000) in relation to the earnout payable as a result 
of performance for the year to 31 December 2024.

128
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
28. Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities, before offset of balances within countries, are as follows:
Consolidated 
SOFP
2024
£’000
Consolidated 
Income 
Statement
2024
£’000
Consolidated 
SOFP
2023
£’000
Unused trade losses
2,431
668
3,099
Other short-term timing differences
1,446
776
2,222
Right of return
1,144
(203)
941
Leases
273
73
346
Intangible assets
(4,631)
(1,769)
(6,400)
Property, plant and equipment
(893)
(136)
(1,029)
Deferred tax (expense)/benefit
(591)
Net deferred tax liability
(230)
(821)
Analysed in the Statement of Financial Position, after offset of balances within jurisdictions, as:
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Deferred tax asset
1,738
2,826
Deferred tax liability
(1,968)
(3,647)
(230)
(821)
The deferred tax asset of the Group includes £1,471,000 (2023: £3,099,000) in respect of subsidiary 
entities who have suffered a loss in the current period and for which the utilisation of the deferred 
tax asset is dependent on future taxable profits in excess of the profits arising from the reversal 
of existing temporary differences. This has been recognised to the extent that it is expected to be 
utilised against future profits arising as further synergies are recognised across the Group. The 
expected recovery of deferred tax assets has been determined based on forecast projections 
covering a five-year period approved by senior management. The forecasts for 2025 have been 
prepared based on Board approved budgets for 2025. Financial years 2026 to 2029 were forecasted 
based on specific growth rates for each entity against which the losses carried forward can be used 
against future profits. If the revenue assumption used for the 2026-2029 forecast period was reduced 
to show no growth, this would result in a reduction in the deferred tax asset recognised in relation to 
unused trade losses of £689,000.
In addition to the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised, the Group has tax losses that arose in 
subsidiary entities of £30,735,000 that are available indefinitely for offsetting against future taxable 
profits of the entities in which the losses arose. A deferred tax asset has not been recognised in 
respect of these losses as these losses may not be used to offset against taxable profits elsewhere in 
the Group and there is no evidence of these losses being utilised by the subsidiary in the future, due to 
insufficient forecasted profits within the next 5 years.
29. Tax receivable and payable
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Corporation tax receivable
107
386
Total tax receivable
107
386
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Corporation tax payable
1,944
1,590
Uncertain tax liabilities
1,131
596
Withholding tax provision
302
–
Total tax payable
3,377
2,186
As is routine, our subsidiaries are subject to tax audits and inquiries from tax authorities. As a result 
of ongoing inquiries made by authorities, the Group has made estimates of the potential liability for 
withholding tax and positions taken on transfer pricing. The liability associated with the withholding 
tax provision has been recognised through non-underlying costs as it relates to pre-acquisition 
withholding tax (see note 8). A provision has been recognised in relation to a possible liability relating 
to transfer pricing of £535,000.
The Group has previously identified it is potentially exposed to uncertain tax positions in relation to 
tax authorities challenging that the Group has created a taxable presence and asset taxing rights 
over profits they consider to be allocable in the given territory. The Group considers that it is possible 
that these uncertain tax positions may result in a future outflow of funds to one or more local tax 
authorities and has recognised current tax liabilities for these uncertainties.
Due to the range of potential outcomes that the Directors have identified, these liabilities have been 
measured using an expected value methodology. Key assumptions underpinning the expected 
value calculations are: (i) relative probabilities of such tax liabilities crystallising in one or more of the 
jurisdictions in which the Group operates; (ii) the tax periods over which tax authorities would seek to 
challenge the Group’s tax domicile arrangements; and (iii) the quantum of interest and penalties that 
would be applicable in the event that the Group was found to be liable for tax amounts by one or more 
tax authorities.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024

129
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
129
30. Related party disclosures
The Group has taken advantage of the exemption not to disclose related party transactions with 
wholly owned subsidiaries within the Group. Below are transactions and balances with related parties 
that are not owned.
a) Kelso Place LLP
Mr R Totterman is a designated member and controlling owner of Kelso Place LLP. During the year Kelso 
Place LLP leased the Bath head office building to INSPECS Limited. This lease expired on 31 December 2024 
and was subsequently renewed on 1 January 2025. As at 31 December 2024, a right-of-use asset with 
net book value of £nil (2023: £120,000) and lease liability of £nil (2023: £120,000) related to this lease, with 
depreciation of £130,000 (2023: £120,000) and interest of £2,000 (2023: £2,000) charged to the income 
statement. At the year end, the Group owed Kelso Place LLP £212,000 (2023: £184,000) in respect of the 
above. This balance is included within trade payables.
b) Thorne Lancaster Parker
Mr C Kay, a Director of the Company is also a Partner in Thorne Lancaster Parker. During the year 
the partnership charged INSPECS Limited £7,000 (2023: £8,000) in respect of professional services 
provided. At 31 December 2024, INSPECS Limited owed Thorne Lancaster Parker £nil (2023: 
£nil) in respect of the above. During the year the partnership charged Norville (20/20) Limited £nil 
(2023: £2,000) in respect of professional services provided, with £nil being owed at the end of the 
year (2023: £nil).
c) Key management personnel
The key management personnel of INSPECS Group plc at 31 December 2024 are R Totterman, R Peck, 
C Kay, M Lefebvre, P Braunhofer and S Sennett (from 1 January 2024). In respect of these individuals, 
the total short-term employee benefits payable in the period were £2,229,000 (2023: £2,317,000) and 
post-employment benefits were £14,000 (2023: £13,000). In addition, share-based payments totalled 
£225,000 (2023: £582,000) in relation to these individuals.
d) Minima SAS
M Lefebvre, who is identified as a part of the key management personnel of INSPECS Group plc, holds 
a controlling shareholding of Minima SAS. During 2024, INSPECS Group plc charged £340,000 in 
respect of goods provided (2023: £259,000), with a balance of £309,000 being owed to the Group at 
31 December 2024 (2023: £104,000). The balance is included within trade receivables.
e) Sennett Consulting
The spouse of S Sennett, who is identified as a part of the key management personnel of INSPECS 
Group plc from 1 January 2024, was paid £41,000 in relation to independent sales contracting, with 
£nil being owed at the end of the year.
f) R Totterman
R Totterman, identified as part of the key management personnel of INSPECS Group plc, had a 
Director’s Loan Account balance with INSPECS Limited. As of the end of the year, the balance owed to 
R Totterman was £22,000 (2023: Owed to INSPECS Limited £8,000).
31. Share-based payments
Certain employees of the Group have been granted options over shares in INSPECS Group plc under 
the LTIP. The options are granted with a fixed exercise price and are exercisable between three and ten 
years after the date of grant.
The Company recognises a share-based payment expense based on the fair value of the awards granted, 
and an equivalent credit directly in equity to the share option reserve. On exercise of the options by 
employees, the share option reserve relating to the exercised options is recycled to retained earnings. 
Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise prices:
Grant date
Expiry date
Exercise price 
per option  
£
Number of share 
options
11 October 2019
10 October 2026
1.01
412,102
27 February 2020
27 February 2025
1.95
1,923,110
22 December 2020
22 December 2025
2.10
890,000
26 February 2021
26 February 2026
3.25
641,036
21 June 2021
21 June 2026
3.51
60,000
31 August 2021
31 August 2026
3.70
275,000
23 December 2021
23 December 2026
3.70
279,999
28 February 2022
28 February 2027
3.75
641,036
The option weighted average exercise price is £2.50 per share. Options were valued at the date of grant.
The expense recognised in relation to share options during the period is £371,000 (2023: £972,000).
Movements during the year
The following tables illustrate the number and weighted average exercise price (‘WAEP’) of and 
movements in share options during the year:
Number 
2024
Number
2023
At 1 January
5,152,283
5,847,283
Forfeited during the year
(30,000)
(695,000)
As at 31 December
5,122,283
5,152,283
WAEP
2024
£ 
2023
£
At 1 January
2.50
2.50
Forfeited during the year
(0.00)
(0.00)
As at 31 December
2.50
2.50

130
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
32. Financial risk management
The financial assets of the Group comprise trade receivables, deposits and other receivables, and 
cash and cash equivalents which are categorised as financial assets at amortised cost. The carrying 
amounts of these financial assets are the amounts shown on the consolidated statement of financial 
position or in the corresponding notes to the Financial Statements.
The financial liabilities of the Group comprise trade payables, bank loans, deferred and contingent 
consideration, other loans, financial liabilities included in other payables and accruals, and lease 
liabilities which are categorised as financial liabilities at amortised cost. The carrying amounts of these 
financial liabilities are the amounts shown on the consolidated statement of financial position or in the 
corresponding notes to the Financial Statements.
The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are included at the amounts at which the 
instruments could be exchanged in current transactions between willing parties, other than in forced 
or liquidation sale transactions. At the end of the reporting period, the carrying amounts of the 
financial assets and financial liabilities of the Group approximated to their fair values.
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and cash equivalents, bank loans and other 
loans. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations. 
The Group has various other financial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables and trade 
payables, which arise directly from its operations.
The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are foreign currency risk, credit risk 
and liquidity risk which arise in the normal course of its business. The Board of Directors reviews 
and agrees policies to analyse and formulate measures to manage each of these risks which are 
summarised below.
Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate 
because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market 
interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s debt obligations with floating interest rates. The Group is 
currently reviewing the potential implementation of interest rate hedging policies to mitigate financial 
risk going forward. This consideration aims to enhance the Group’s ability to manage interest rate 
fluctuations effectively.
Interest rate sensitivity
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonable possible change in interest rates on 
that proportion of loans and borrowings affected. With all other variables held constant, the Group’s 
loss before tax is affected through the impact on floating rate borrowings as follows, based on the 
outstanding loans from the bank as at 31 December 2024:
Loan  
balance
£’000
Increase/
decrease in  
basis points
Effect on loss 
before tax
£’000
2024
45,059
50 BP
225
2023
43,383
50 BP
217
Foreign currency risk 
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate 
because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in 
foreign exchange rates relates to both the Group’s operating activities (when revenue or expense is 
denominated in a foreign currency) and the Group’s borrowing (both internal and external) when held 
in a different currency to the functional currency of the Company in which they are held.
The Group manages its foreign currency risk by selling and buying in the same currencies where 
possible but does not enter into any material hedging transactions or derivatives. The ability of 
the Group to organise its sales and purchases in similar currencies allows a natural hedge in some 
circumstances against currency fluctuations.
Exchange adjustments on borrowings has resulted in a credit to the profit and loss account of £97,000 
(2023: charge of £1,312,000). This arises from loans with banks denominated in foreign currencies 
(credit of £514,000) offset by foreign exchange losses on intercompany loans (charge of £417,000).
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity at the end of the reporting period to a reasonable 
possible change in the United States Dollar (USD), Euro (EUR) and Macau Pataca (MOP) exchange 
rates, with all other variables held constant, of the Group’s profit before tax (due to changes in the fair 
value of monetary assets and liabilities). These currencies have been selected for sensitivity analysis 
as they represent the local currencies covering the majority of the trading locations of the Group, and 
are compared against the Pound Sterling (GBP) as this is the functional currency of the Group. There is 
no impact on the Group’s equity except on the retained profits.
2024
Increase/(decrease) in 
exchange rate 
%
Increase/(decrease) in 
loss before tax
£
If the GBP weakens against the USD
5
539,069
If the GBP strengthens against the USD
(5)
(539,069)
If the GBP weakens against the EUR
5
(24,018)
If the GBP strengthens against the EUR
(5)
24,018
If the GBP weakens against the MOP
5
(58,048)
If the GBP strengthens against the MOP
(5)
58,048
2023
Increase/(decrease) in 
exchange rate 
%
Increase/(decrease) in 
loss before tax
£
If the GBP weakens against the USD
5
(69,079)
If the GBP strengthens against the USD
(5)
69,079
If the GBP weakens against the EUR
5
(134,491)
If the GBP strengthens against the EUR
(5)
134,491
If the GBP weakens against the MOP
5
(243,595)
If the GBP strengthens against the MOP
(5)
243,595
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024

131
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
131
Credit risk
The Group trades only with parties who have been assessed via a credit check. Receivables balances 
are monitored on an ongoing basis and the Group’s history of credit losses of trade receivables is not 
significant. The credit risk of the Group’s other financial assets arises from default of the counterparty, 
with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amounts of these financial assets.
The Group maintains regular control over its trade receivables and normal terms are between 
30 and 60 days across the Group. The percentage of debtors outside of these terms is shown in the 
analysis below.
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Increase/ 
(decrease)
£’000
Trade receivables
Current
18,989
15,157
3,832
Past due 1-30 days
4,279
3,248
1,031
Past due 31-60 days
3,228
2,752
476
Past due 61+ days
1,801
3,011
(1,210)
Total
28,297
24,168
4,129
Percentage over terms
33%
37%
Raw material costs and inflation
The Group subcontracts with third-party suppliers on fixed terms and thus any immediate commodity 
risk is mitigated in the short term on these transactions. On the Group’s own manufactured products, 
raw materials in 2024 accounted for 7% of cost of sales (2023: 7%). This risk is mitigated by the use 
of different suppliers and the diversification of production locations across the Group. The risk of 
inflation has led to cost increases for goods and services, including shipping costs. The eyewear 
market continues to grow and over the long term, the Group can mitigate the loss of margin through 
an increase in its selling price.
Liquidity risk
For the management of the liquidity risk, the Group monitors and maintains a sufficient level of cash 
and bank balances deemed adequate by management, along with utilising an invoice discounting 
facility, to finance the Group’s operations and mitigate the effects of fluctuation in cash flows. 
Management reviews and monitors its working capital requirements regularly. The Group reviews on a 
monthly basis the cash generation and the requirement for capital repayments on the bank loan in its 
detailed working capital model to ensure sufficient liquidity for operating purposes across the Group. 
The table below summarises the gross undiscounted cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities:
2024
Less than  
1 year
£’000
1 to 2 
years
£’000
2 to 5 
years
£’000
Over 
5 years
£’000
Total
£’000
Bank overdrafts (including invoice 
discounting facility)
1,777
–
–
–
1,777
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
(excluding items below)
12,113
3,982
34,570
–
50,665
Lease liabilities
6,851
2,738
5,638
1,344
16,571
Deferred and contingent 
consideration
1,873
–
–
–
1,873
Other financial liabilities – 
right of return
10,608
–
–
–
10,608
Trade and other payables
41,269
–
–
–
41,269
2023
Less than  
1 year
£’000
1 to 2 
years
£’000
2 to 5 
years
£’000
Over 
5 years
£’000
Total
£’000
Bank overdrafts (including invoice 
discounting facility)
887
–
–
–
887
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
(excluding items below)
9,861
33,733
–
–
43,594
Lease liabilities
3,329
6,150
6,108
2,748
18,335
Deferred and contingent 
consideration
2,111
700
–
–
2,811
Other financial liabilities –  
right of return
11,297
–
–
–
11,297
Trade and other payables
36,375
–
–
–
36,375

132
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Capital risk management
The Group’s capital management objectives are:
	
‒ to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can continue to provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders; and
	
‒ to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurate  
with the level of risk.
To meet these objectives, the Group reviews the budgets and forecasts on a regular basis to ensure 
there is sufficient capital to meet the needs of the Group.
The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated 
statement of changes in equity. All working capital requirements are financed from existing cash 
resources and borrowing. The loan covenant ratios achieved by the Group, and required to be 
complied with on a quarterly basis, as at the end of each year were as follows:
2024
2023
Actual
Required
Actual
Required
Leverage
1.64
Below 2.25
1.70
Below 2.25
Interest cover
4.14
Above 3.00
4.21
Above 3.00
Cash flow cover
1.17
Above 1.05
1.54
Above 1.05
33. Business combinations
On 22 January 2024, INSPECS Limited acquired the entire share capital of A-Optikk AS for a cash 
consideration of £1,000. INSPECS Limited also contributed a shareholder loan of £151,000 which was 
partly used to repay A-Optikk AS’s existing overdraft facility of £123,000. The acquisition of A-Optikk 
AS is expected to generate synergies with the Group and increase distribution in the Nordic region. 
The fair value of the identifiable assets at the date of acquisition was £120,000. The fair value of 
identifiable liabilities at the date of acquisitions was £282,000. The goodwill arising on acquisition was 
£163,000. From the date of acquisition, A-Optikk AS contributed £470,000 of revenue and a loss of 
£116,000 to loss before tax. 
34. Guarantees
The Company’s UK subsidiaries INSPECS Limited (registered number 02245818), Algha Group 
Limited (registered number 03240950), INSPECS Holdings Limited (registered number 06383565), 
Eschenbach UK Holdings Limited (registered number 06689781) and International Eyewear Limited 
(registered number 02221216) have taken advantage of the audit exemption under section 479A of 
the Companies Act 2006 for the year ended 31 December 2024. Consequently, the Company has 
provided the statutory guarantee in relation to the subsidiary’s liabilities. The third-party liabilities 
of these subsidiaries as of 31 December 2024 amounted to £47,909,000 (2023: £4,200). INSPECS 
Limited has elected to take the audit exemption for the year ended 31 December 2024, whereas this 
election was not taken for the year ended 31 December 2023. 
35. Post balance sheet events
Since the balance sheet date, a breach in the Group’s cashflow cover covenant requirement was 
identified in relation to 31 March 2025. This was caused by accelerated payments to suppliers.  
HSBC Bank has on 9 April 2025 provided a formal waiver in relation to this covenant requirement.  
The Group expects to meet all further covenant requirements for the going concern period as 
explained within the going concern section of the accounting policies note.
On 10 April 2025, Chris Kay (Chief Financial Officer) announced he will not stand for re-election at the 
next Annual General Meeting.
On 1 January 2025, J Kogan, the spouse of R Totterman, was appointed Managing Director of Kudos 
S.R.L. on market-based remuneration terms and rates.
Since the balance sheet date, but before these Financial Statements were approved, there were no 
further events that the Directors consider material to the users of these Financial Statements. 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
32. Financial risk management continued

133
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
133
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
Notes
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
LIABILITIES
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
11
71
103
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Trade and other creditors
12
865
328
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
11
68
55
TOTAL LIABILITIES
1,004
486
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
136,408
138,917
The notes on pages 134 to 141 form part of these separate Financial Statements. 
Registered Company number: 11963910.
As permitted by section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, a separate income statement dealing with 
the results of the Parent Company has not been presented. The Parent Company loss for the period 
ended 31 December 2024 was £3,398,000 (2023: £3,758,000 loss).
The Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 April 2025 and were signed 
on its behalf by:
R Peck	
	
C Kay
Director	 	
Director
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
ASSETS
FIXED ASSETS
Investments
3
58,580
58,318
Property, plant and equipment
4
51
–
Right-of-use assets
5
140
150
CURRENT ASSETS
Trade and other debtors – falling due after more  
than one year
6
75,859
79,180
Trade and other debtors – falling due within one year
7
1,714
1,241
Cash and cash equivalents
8
64
28
136,408
138,917
EQUITY
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Called up share capital
9
1,017
1,017
Share premium
10
89,508
89,508
Share option reserve
10
3,570
3,222
Merger reserve
10
5,340
5,340
Retained earnings
10
35,969
39,344
TOTAL EQUITY
135,404
138,431
as at 31 December 2024

134
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Notes
Called 
up share 
capital 
£’000
Share 
premium 
£’000
Share 
option 
reserve 
£’000
Retained 
earnings 
£’000
Merger 
reserve 
£’000
Total 
equity
£’000
BALANCE AT  
1 JANUARY 2023
1,017
89,508
2,703
42,649
5,340 141,217
CHANGES IN EQUITY
Loss for the year
–
–
–
(3,758)
–
(3,758)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
–
–
–
(3,758)
–
(3,758)
Share-based payments
10
–
–
972
–
–
972
Share options forfeited
10
–
–
(453)
453
–
–
BALANCE AT  
31 DECEMBER 2023
1,017
89,508
3,222
39,344
5,340 138,431
CHANGES IN EQUITY
Loss for the year
–
–
–
(3,398)
–
(3,398)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
–
–
–
(3,398)
–
(3,398)
Share-based payments
10
–
–
371
–
–
371
Share options forfeited
10
–
–
(23)
23
–
–
BALANCE AT  
31 DECEMBER 2024
1,017
89,508
3,570
35,969
5,340 135,404
The notes on pages 134 to 141 form part of these Financial Statements.
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. General information
INSPECS Group plc is a public company limited by shares and is incorporated in England and Wales. 
The address of the Company’s principal place of business is 7–10 Kelso Place, Upper Bristol Road, 
Bath BA1 3AU.
The principal activity of the Company was that of a parent company providing services that support 
the Group. The Company has incurred costs to support the Group which have been re-charged to 
subsidiary entities where appropriate.
2. Accounting policies
These Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘FRS 101’), the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies 
using FRS 101, and applicable accounting standards. The Financial Statements have been prepared 
on the historical cost basis, and as a going concern. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value 
of the consideration given in exchange for the assets.
As permitted by section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, no separate profit and loss account has 
been presented for the Company. As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of 
the disclosure exemptions available in the preparation of the Financial Statements in relation to the 
presentation of a statement of cash flows.
Investments
Investments held as non-current assets comprise the Company’s investment in subsidiaries and are 
shown at cost on the date of acquisition, less any provision for impairment. 
An annual review of investments is performed for indicators of impairment. If indicators of impairment 
are identified investments are tested for impairment to ensure that the carrying value of the 
investments is supported by their recoverable amount.
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment 
losses. The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment comprises its purchase price and 
any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its 
intended use.
Expenditure incurred after items of property, plant and equipment have been put into operation,  
such as repairs and maintenance, is charged to profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred.  
In situations when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to 
the Company and the cost can be measured reliably then the expenditure for a major inspection is 
capitalised in the carrying amount of the asset as a replacement. Where significant parts of property, 
plant and equipment are required to be replaced at intervals, the Company recognises such parts as 
individual assets with specific useful lives and depreciates them accordingly.
for the year ended 31 December 2024
for the year ended 31 December 2024

135
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
135
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets 
as follows:
Computer equipment	
3 – 5 years 
Plant and machinery	
3 – 7 years 
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.
Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, the cost of that 
item is allocated on a reasonable basis among the parts and each part is depreciated separately. 
Residual values, useful lives and the depreciation method are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate,  
at least at each financial year end.
An item of property, plant and equipment including any significant part initially recognised is 
derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or 
disposal. Any gain or loss on disposal or retirement recognised in profit or loss in the year the asset 
is derecognised is the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the 
relevant asset.
Leases
The Company applied a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases for which it is 
the lessee, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. The Company recognises 
right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets and lease liabilities to make 
lease payments.
Right-of-use asset
The Company recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the 
date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the 
amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at 
or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are 
depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives 
of the assets, as follows:
Leasehold properties	
Over the lease term 
Plant and machinery	
3 – 7 years 
Motor vehicles	
3 years
Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Company recognises lease liabilities measured at the 
present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed 
payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable. They also 
include any amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees.
In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing 
rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily 
determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect 
the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount 
of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the 
lease payments or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.
The Company’s lease liabilities are included in interest-bearing loans and borrowings.
The Company applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of 
machinery and equipment (i.e. those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the 
commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the lease of low-value 
assets recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that are considered to be low value.  
Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expenses  
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Financial instruments – initial recognition and subsequent measurement
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial 
liability or equity instrument of another entity.
Financial assets
Initial recognition and subsequent measurement
Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition and subsequently measured at amortised cost, 
and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is 
derecognised, modified or impaired.
The Company’s financial assets at amortised cost include loans to Group undertakings.
The Company does not have any financial assets at fair value through OCI or financial assets at fair 
value through profit or loss.
Derecognition
A financial asset is primarily derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset  
have expired.

136
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Impairment of financial assets
The Company recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (‘ECLs’) for all debt instruments 
not held at fair value through profit or loss. ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual 
cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Company expects 
to receive.
The Company considers a financial asset in default when internal or external information indicates 
that the Company is unlikely to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full before taking into 
account any credit enhancements held by the Company. A financial asset is written off when there is 
no reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and at banks, including term deposits, and assets 
similar in nature to cash, which are not restricted as to use.
Share-based payments
Employees (including senior executives) of the Company receive remuneration in the form of share-
based payments, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-
settled transactions).
The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when the grant 
is made using an appropriate valuation model, further details of which are given in the detailed 
notes to the consolidated accounts. That cost is recognised in employee benefits expense in the 
company within which the relevant employee is employed, together with a corresponding increase 
in share option reserve, over the period in which the service and, where applicable, the performance 
conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period).
The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the 
vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Company’s best 
estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit in the 
income statement for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the 
beginning and end of that period.
Details of the Group’s share option scheme are provided in note 22 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 
Taxation
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax relating to items recognised outside profit 
or loss is recognised outside profit or loss, either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to 
the taxation authorities, based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the end of the reporting period, taking into consideration interpretations and practices 
prevailing in the countries in which the Company operates.
Tax liabilities are recognised when it is considered probable that there will be a future outflow of funds 
to a taxing authority.
2. Accounting policies continued
Foreign currencies
These Financial Statements are presented in GBP, which is also the Company’s functional currency.
Pensions and other post-employment benefits
The Company operates defined contribution pension schemes, where the amounts charged to the 
statement of comprehensive income are the contributions payable in the year. Differences between 
contributions payable in the year and the contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or 
prepayments.
Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of the Company’s Financial Statements requires management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and 
liabilities, and their accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty 
about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets or liabilities affected in the future.
Estimates involve the determination of the quantum of accounting balances to be recognised. 
Judgements typically involve decisions such as whether to recognise an asset or liability.
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the 
end of the reporting period, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below.
Carrying value of investments
An annual review of investments is performed to identify any indicators of impairment which, if found, 
would result in an impairment review being performed. Judgement is required by management in 
performing this review, including in the identification and interpretation of any indicators.
As of 31 December 2024, the carrying amount of the net assets of the company exceeded its 
market capitalisation. This is an indicator of impairment, and therefore a value in use calculation was 
performed to determine whether an impairment was required. The value in use calculation used cash 
flow projections covering a five-year period. The forecast for 2025 is based on the Board approved 
budget for the year. Financial years 2026 to 2029 were forecasted based on revenue growth of 
2.0% per annum with gross profit margins maintained and admin cost growth of 2.0% per annum. 
In addition, the contribution of the new Vietnam facility and a significant new brand signed during 
2024 have also been included within the forecasts. From 2030 onwards, a terminal growth rate of 
2.0% has been assumed. The forecast cashflows generated were discounted at a pre-tax discount 
rate of 11.7%. The value in use calculation determined that no impairment was required. With other 
assumptions remaining unchanged, the discount rate would need to increase to 14.3% before an 
impairment would be triggered. To recognise an impairment on the revenue growth rate 2026-2029 
alone, the revenue growth rate would need to drop below 0.4% per year. To recognise an impairment 
on the administrative expenses growth rate 2026-2029 alone, the administrative costs growth would 
need to exceed 3.9% per year. To recognise an impairment on the terminal growth rate alone, the 
terminal growth rate would need to drop below (2.0)%. If both the forecast contribution for 2026 
onwards of both the new Vietnam facility and the significant new brand are removed, to recognise 
an impairment on the revenue growth rate 2026-2029 alone, the revenue growth would need to drop 
below 1.7% per year before an impairment would be recognised.
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024

137
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
137
3. Investments
Shares in
subsidiaries
£’000
Cost and Net Book Value
At 1 January 2024
58,318
Additions for share-based payments in subsidiaries
241
Additions for acquisition of subsidiaries 
21
At 31 December 2024
58,580
Investments held at the balance sheet date are shown below. Investments held directly by the 
Company are marked *. The remaining investments are held indirectly by the Company.
Subsidiaries
Registered office
Nature of business
Class of shares
% 
holding
INSPECS Holdings 
Limited*
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
INSPECS Limited8
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Eyewear trading
Ordinary
100.00
INSPECS USA LC8
18401 US Highway 19N, Clearwater, Florida 
33764, USA
Eyewear trading
Ordinary
100.00
Algha Group Limited8
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Eyewear 
manufacturing
Ordinary
100.00
INSPECS Scandinavia 
AB8
184 40 Akersberga, Stockholm, Sweden
Eyewear trading
Ordinary
100.00
Maronglow Limited1
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Dormant
Ordinary
100.00
UK Optical Limited8
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Dormant
Ordinary
100.00
American Optical UK 
Limited8
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Dormant
Ordinary
100.00
Twenty20 Limited2
Elian Fiduciary Services (Cayman) Limited, 
89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman 
KY1-9007, Cayman Islands
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
Bandoma Limited3
Suite 6, Watergardens 4, Gibraltar
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
Ice Foster Limited3
Nemours Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, 
British Virgin Islands
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
Killine Group Limited4
Elian Fiduciary Services (Cayman) Limited, 
89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman 
KY1-9007, Cayman Islands
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
Subsidiaries
Registered office
Nature of business
Class of shares
% 
holding
Killine Optical Limited3 Alameda Dr. Carlos D’Assumpcao, nos 
335–341, Edificio Centro Hotline, 21 andar 
A, em Macau
Eyewear trading
Ordinary
100.00
Neo Optical Company 
Limited5
Neo Town Industrial Zone, Yen Dung 
District, Bac Giang Province, Vietnam
Eyewear 
manufacturing
Ordinary
100.00
On Sight Services-
Sociedade Unipessoa, 
Lda3
Rua Soares de Passos, 10A/10B, Portugal
Eyewear design
Ordinary
100.00
O.W. Ventures Limited3 Unit 305–7, 3/F, Laford Centre, 838 Lai 
Chi Kok Road, Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, 
Hong Kong
Corporate 
management
Ordinary
100.00
Zhongshan Torkai 
Optical Co Limited6
Shagou Industrial Park, Banfu County, 
Zhongshan, Guangdong, China
Eyewear 
manufacturing
Ordinary
100.00
Neway (Macao 
Commercial Offshore) 
Limited9
Alameda Dr. Carlos D’Assumpcao, nos 
335–341 Edificio Hot line, 21 andar D, em 
Macau
Eyewear trading
Ordinary
100.00
Kudos S.R.L.1
Via Noai 5, Domeggi Di Cadore, CAP 32040, 
Italy
Eyewear 
manufacturing
Ordinary
100.00
Primoptic Limited7
Alameda Dr. Carlos D’Assumpcao, nos 
335–341, Edificio Centro, 21 andar A, em 
Macau
Eyewear trading
Ordinary
100.00
Yardine Limited3
Nemours Chambers Limited, Road Town, 
Tortola, British Virgin Islands
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
INSPECS Asia Limited8 10F Sing Ho Finance Building, 166–168 
Gloucester Road, Hong Kong
Quality control 
services
Ordinary
100.00
Duval Company Group 
Limited3
Nemours Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, 
British Virgin Islands
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
Norville (20/20) 
Limited2
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Lens manufacturing Ordinary
100.00
Hardy Amies Limited2
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Dormant
Ordinary
100.00
BoDe Design GmbH2
Hofweg 20, 97737 Gemunder am Main, 
Germany
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
EGO Eyewear Limited2 7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
EGOptiska AB15
Johannesgränd 1, Stockholm, Sweden
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
EGOptiska 
International AB15
Johannesgränd 1, Stockholm, Sweden
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00

138
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Subsidiaries
Registered office
Nature of business
Class of shares
% 
holding
EGO Eyewear (HK) 
Limited15
Yau Tsim Mong, Hong Kong
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
EGO Eyewear AB15
Johannesgränd 1, Stockholm, Sweden
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Greights AB17
Johannesgränd 1, Stockholm, Sweden
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
50.00
Eschenbach Holding 
GmbH2
Fürther Straße 252, 90429, Nuremberg, 
Germany
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach 
Beteiligungs GmbH10
Fürther Straße 252, 90429, Nuremberg, 
Germany
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
GmbH14
Althardstraße 70, Regensdorf, Switzerland
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
B.V.14
Osloweg 134, Groningen, Netherlands
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
spol s. r.o.14
K Fialce 35, Prague, Czech Republic
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
Polen sp. z o.o.14
ul. Biedronki 60, Warsaw, Poland
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
GmbH14
Brunnenfeldstraße 14, Linz, Austria
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
s.a.r.l14
64 rue Claude Chappe, Plaisir, France
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
s.r.l.14
Via C.Colombo 10, Torino, Italy
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik of 
America, Inc.14
22 Shelter Rock Lange, Danbury, USA
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik of 
Japan Co.Ltd.14
2-15-4 Kanda-Tsukasamachi, Chiyoda-ku, 
Tokyo, Japan
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
S.L.14
Consell de Cent 106-108, Barcelona, Spain
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
GmbH11
Fürther Straße 252, 90429, Nuremberg, 
Germany
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
(Shenzhen)14
Block A, Tian An Cyber Times Che Gong 
Miao, Futian District, Shenzhen, China
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Subsidiaries
Registered office
Nature of business
Class of shares
% 
holding
Eschenbach 
International GmbH11
Fürther Straße 252, 90429, Nuremberg, 
Germany
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach UK 
Holdings Ltd12
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Holding company
Ordinary
100.00
International Eyewear 
Ltd13
7–10 Kelso Place, Bath, Somerset, BA1 
3AU, UK
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
TURA, Inc.12
123 Girton Drive, Muncy, USA
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Eschenbach Optik 
A/S11
Boskærvej 18, Vejle, Denmark
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
Ruain Zuoyou Glasses 
Co Ltd16
Building 35, Shidai industrial zone, Mayu, 
Ruian, Zhejiang, P. R. China
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
25.00
BeeQuick Logistics 
Lda18
24 Praca Sa Da Bandeira, Santarem, 
Portugal
Logistics company
Ordinary
40.00
A-Optikk AS19
Finnholtvegen 91, 2114 Disenå, Norway
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
INSPECS GmbH
Hofweg 20, 97737 Gemünden, Germany
Eyeware trading
Ordinary
100.00
1	 The shares are held by Algha Group Limited.
2	 The shares are held by INSPECS Limited.
3	 The shares are held by Killine Group Limited.
4	 The shares are held by Twenty20 Limited.
5	 The shares are held by Killine Optical Limited.
6	 The shares are held by Bandoma Limited.
7	 The shares are held by Duval Company Group Limited.
8	 The shares are held by INSPECS Holdings Limited.
9	 The shares are held by Yardine Limited.
10	The shares are held by Eschenbach Holding GmbH.
11	The shares are held by Eschenbach Beteiligungs GmbH.
12	The shares are held by Eschenbach International GmbH.
13	The shares are held by Eschenbach UK Holdings Ltd.
14	The shares are held by Eschenbach Optik GmbH.
15	The shares are held by EGO Eyewear Limited.
16	The shares are held by Zhongshan Torkai Optical Co Limited.
17	The shares are held by EGO Eyewear AB.
18	The shares are held by On Sight Services-Sociedade Unipessoa Lda.
19	The shares are held by INSPECS Limited.
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2024
3. Investments continued

139
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
139
4. Property, plant and equipment
Plant &
machinery
£’000
Computer
equipment
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2024
–
–
–
Additions
60
5
65
At 31 December 2024
60
5
65
Depreciation
At 1 January 2024
–
–
–
Charge for the year
12
2
14
At 31 December 2024
12
2
14
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2024
48 
3
51
5. Right-of-use assets
The Company has lease contracts for various items of plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment 
used in its operations. Leases of plant, machinery and motor vehicles generally have lease terms 
between three and five years. The Company’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s 
title to the leased assets. The Company’s right-of-use assets are as follows:
Leasehold
properties
£’000
Plant &
machinery
£’000
Motor
vehicles
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2024
15
109
84
208
Additions
10
1
73
84
Disposals
(15)
–
–
(15)
At 31 December 2024
10
110
157
277
Depreciation
At 1 January 2024
6
24
28
58
Charge for the year
15
20
59
94
Disposals
(15)
–
–
(15)
At 31 December 2024
6
44
87
137
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2024
4
66
70
140
Leasehold
properties
£’000
Plant &
machinery
£’000
Motor
vehicles
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2023
–
71
41
112
Additions
15
38
43
96
At 31 December 2023
15
109
84
208
Depreciation
At 1 January 2023
–
7
2
9
Charge for the year
6
17
26
49
At 31 December 2023
6
24
28
58
Net Book Value
At 31 December 2023
9
85
56
150
The carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the period are shown in note 11. 
6. Trade and other debtors – falling due after more than one year
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Current:
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
75,859
79,180
75,859
79,180
Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, with no interest charged, and have no set 
repayment date. These amounts are not expected to be received within 12 months of the reporting 
period and have therefore been classified as falling due after more than one year.

140
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
7. Trade and other debtors – falling due within one year
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Current:
Prepayments
98
108
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
1,576
1,133
Other receivables
40
–
1,714
1,241
Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, with no interest charged, and have no set 
repayment date. These amounts are expected to be received within 12 months of the reporting period 
and have therefore been classified as falling due within one year.
8. Cash and cash equivalents
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash at bank and in hand
64
28
9. Called up share capital
Authorised and issued share capital:
Number
Class
£’000
Nominal value
£’000
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
101,671,525 (2023: 101,671,525)
Ordinary
£0.01
1,017
1,017
Each Ordinary Share carries the right to participate in distributions, as respects dividends and as 
respects capital on winding up.
10. Reserves
Share premium
This reserve records the amount above the nominal value of the sums received for shares issued, less 
transaction costs.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
At 1 January and 31 December
89,508
89,508
Share option reserve
The share option reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments 
provided to employees, including key management personnel.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
At 1 January
3,222
2,703
Share-based payment charge
371
972
Share options forfeited
(23)
(453)
At 31 December
3,570
3,222
The share-based payment charge for the year is recognised against the reserve as per IFRS 2 Share-
Based Payments. 30,000 share options have been forfeited during the period. Upon forfeiture of share 
options, the related share option reserve is recycled into retained earnings, resulting in the movement 
of £23,000 from the share option reserve to retained earnings. 
Retained earnings
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
At 1 January
39,344
42,649
Loss for the year
(3,398)
(3,758)
Share options forfeited
23
453
At 31 December
35,969
39,344
Merger reserve
This reserve arose on the share for share exchange between INSPECS Holdings Limited and INSPECS 
Group plc on 10 January 2020.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
At 1 January and 31 December
5,340
5,340
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 31 December 2024

141
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
141
11. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Current:
Lease liabilities
68
55
68
55
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Non-current:
Lease liabilities
71
103
71
103
Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities (included under interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings) and the movements during the period:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
At 1 January
158
104
Additions
84
96
Interest charge
10
6
Payments
(113)
(48)
As at 31 December
139
158
12. Trade and other creditors
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Current:
Trade creditors
133
127
Social security and other taxes
100
35
Accruals
148
138
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
484
28
865
328
The trade payables are non-interest-bearing with usual credit terms being 30–90 days.
13. Employees
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Wages and salaries
2,134
1,624
Social security costs
274
218
Pension costs
119
91
Share-based payment expense
131
377
2,658
2,310
The total average number of employees during the year was as follows:
2024
2023
18
11
14. Guarantees
The Company’s UK subsidiaries INSPECS Limited (registered number 02245818), Algha Group 
Limited (registered number 03240950), INSPECS Holdings Limited (registered number 06383565), 
Eschenbach UK Holdings Limited (registered number 06689781) and International Eyewear Limited 
(registered number 02221216) have taken advantage of the audit exemption under section 479A of 
the Companies Act 2006 for the year ended 31 December 2024. Consequently, the Company has 
provided the statutory guarantee in relation to the subsidiary’s liabilities. The third-party liabilities 
of these subsidiaries as of 31 December 2024 amounted to £47,909,000 (2023: £4,200). INSPECS 
Limited has elected to take the audit exemption for the year ended 31 December 2024, whereas this 
election was not taken for the year ended 31 December 2023. 
15. Post balance sheet events
Since the balance sheet date, a breach in the Group’s cashflow cover covenant requirement was 
identified in relation to 31 March 2025. This was caused by accelerated payments to suppliers. HSBC 
Bank has on 9 April 2025 provided a formal waiver in relation to this covenant requirement. The Group 
expects to meet all further covenant requirements for the going concern period as explained within 
the going concern section of the accounting policies note.
Since the balance sheet date, but before these Financial Statements were approved, there were no 
further events that the Directors consider material to the users of these Financial Statements.

142
INSPECS Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Overview
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Registered Office
INSPECS Group plc,
7–10 Kelso Place,
Upper Bristol Road,
Bath BA1 3AU
Nominated Adviser and Broker to the Company
Peel Hunt LLP,
120 London Wall,
London EC2Y 5ET
Legal Advisers to the Company
Macfarlanes LLP,
20 Cursitor Street,
London EC4 1LT
Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP,
The Paragon Counterslip,
Bristol BS1 6BX
Registrars
Equiniti,
Aspect House,
Spencer Road,
Lancing BN99 6DA
For Investor Relations enquiries please contact:
investor.relations@inspecs.com
For enquiries please contact FTI Consulting:
Alex Beagley, Harriet Jackson
on 0203 727 1000 or
inspecs@fticonsulting.com
Annual Report 2024
inspecs.com/investors/results-and-reports
www.INSPECS.com
COMPANY INFORMATION AND ADVISERS

This product is made using paper from 100% post-consumer recycled waste, limiting the 
impact on our precious forest resources, helping reduce the need to harvest more trees. 
This publication was printed by an FSC™ certified printer that holds ISO 14001, ISO 9001 
& ISO 18001 certifications. 
100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS legislation 
and meets the chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel (Nordic Swan) for printing 
companies, 95% of press chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of 
any waste associated with this production will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to 
generate energy. 
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation 
charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase and preservation of high 
conservation value land. Through protecting standing forests under threat of clearance, 
carbon is locked-in that would otherwise be released.
CBP030330

INSPECS Group plc
Registered Office 
INSPECS Group plc,  
7–10 Kelso Place,  
Upper Bristol Road,  
Bath BA1 3AU
www.INSPECS.com